USRE46346E1 - Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds - Google Patents
Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- USRE46346E1 USRE46346E1 US14/226,413 US201414226413A USRE46346E US RE46346 E1 USRE46346 E1 US RE46346E1 US 201414226413 A US201414226413 A US 201414226413A US RE46346 E USRE46346 E US RE46346E
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- read
- analog
- memory cells
- data
- thresholds
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Active
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/07—Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
- G06F11/08—Error detection or correction by redundancy in data representation, e.g. by using checking codes
- G06F11/10—Adding special bits or symbols to the coded information, e.g. parity check, casting out 9's or 11's
- G06F11/1008—Adding special bits or symbols to the coded information, e.g. parity check, casting out 9's or 11's in individual solid state devices
- G06F11/1068—Adding special bits or symbols to the coded information, e.g. parity check, casting out 9's or 11's in individual solid state devices in sector programmable memories, e.g. flash disk
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C11/00—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor
- G11C11/56—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using storage elements with more than two stable states represented by steps, e.g. of voltage, current, phase, frequency
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C11/00—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor
- G11C11/56—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using storage elements with more than two stable states represented by steps, e.g. of voltage, current, phase, frequency
- G11C11/5621—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using storage elements with more than two stable states represented by steps, e.g. of voltage, current, phase, frequency using charge storage in a floating gate
- G11C11/5642—Sensing or reading circuits; Data output circuits
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C27/00—Electric analogue stores, e.g. for storing instantaneous values
- G11C27/005—Electric analogue stores, e.g. for storing instantaneous values with non-volatile charge storage, e.g. on floating gate or MNOS
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C8/00—Arrangements for selecting an address in a digital store
- G11C8/20—Address safety or protection circuits, i.e. arrangements for preventing unauthorized or accidental access
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to memory devices, and particularly to methods and systems for reading data from memory cells.
- Flash memories use arrays of analog memory cells for storing data.
- Each analog memory cell stores a quantity of an analog value, such as an electrical charge or voltage, which represents the information stored in the cell.
- an analog value such as an electrical charge or voltage
- Flash memories for example, each analog memory cell holds a certain amount of electrical charge.
- the range of possible analog values is typically divided into regions, each region corresponding to one or more data bit values. Data is written to an analog memory cell by writing a nominal analog value that corresponds to the desired bit or bits.
- the possible bit values that can be stored in an analog memory cell are also referred to as the memory states of the cell.
- Some memory devices commonly referred to as Single-Level Cell (SLC) devices, store a single bit of information in each memory cell, i.e., each memory cell can be programmed to assume two possible memory states.
- SLC Single-Level Cell
- MLC Multi-Level Cell
- MLC Multi-Level Cell
- Flash memory devices are described, for example, by Bez et al., in “Introduction to Flash Memory,” Proceedings of the IEEE, volume 91, number 4, April, 2003, pages 489-502, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Multi-level Flash cells and devices are described, for example, by Eitan et al., in “Multilevel Flash Cells and their Trade-Offs,” Proceedings of the 1996 IEEE International Electron Devices Meeting (IEDM), New York, N.Y., pages 169-172, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the paper compares several kinds of multilevel Flash cells, such as common ground, DINOR, AND, NOR and NAND cells.
- NROM Nitride Read Only Memory
- SSDM Solid State Devices and Materials
- FG Floating Gate
- FRAM Ferroelectric RAM
- MRAM magnetic RAM
- CTF Charge Trap Flash
- PCM Phase Change Memory
- FRAM, MRAM and PRAM cells are described, for example, by Kim and Koh in “Future Memory Technology including Emerging New Memories,” Proceedings of the 24th International Conference on Microelectronics (MIEL), Nis, Serbia and Montenegro, May 16-19, 2004, volume 1, pages 377-384, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the analog values read from analog memory cells are sometimes distorted.
- the distortion may be due to various reasons, such as electrical field coupling from neighboring memory cells, disturb noise caused by memory access operations on other cells in the array and threshold voltage drift caused by device aging.
- Some common distortion mechanisms are described in the article by Bez et al., cited above. Distortion effects are also described by Lee et al., in “Effects of Floating Gate Interference on NAND Flash Memory Cell Operation,” IEEE Electron Device Letters, (23:5), May, 2002, pages 264-266, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Reading data from analog memory cells often involves comparing the analog values stored in the cells to one or more thresholds, or reference levels.
- thresholds or reference levels.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,657,332 whose disclosure is incorporated herein by reference, describes methods for recovering from hard errors in a solid-state memory system. Hard errors may arise from cells whose threshold voltages drifted from their intended level to cause read errors.
- the memory system includes an array of memory cells, each cell capable of having its threshold voltage programmed or erased to an intended level.
- An error checking scheme is provided for each of a plurality of groups of cells for identifying read errors therein.
- a read reference level is adjusted before each read operation on the individual group of cells containing read errors, each time the read reference level being displaced a predetermined step from a reference level for normal read, until the error checking means no longer indicates read errors.
- the drifted threshold voltage of each cell associated with a read error is re-written to its intended level.
- U.S. Patent Application Publication 2007/0091677 whose disclosure is incorporated herein by reference, describes methods, devices and computer readable code for reading data from one or more flash memory cells, and for recovering from read errors.
- the flash memory cells are re-read at least once using one or more modified reference voltages, until successful error correction may be carried out.
- a subsequent read request is handled without re-writing data to the flash memory cells in the interim.
- a set of operating reference cells is established to be used in operating cells in a Non-Volatile Memory (NVM) block or array. At least a subset of cells of the NVM block or array may be read using each of two or more sets of test reference cells, where each set of test reference cells may generate or otherwise provide reference voltages at least slightly offset from each other set of test reference cells. For each set of test reference cells used to read at least a subset of the NVM block, a read error rate may be calculated or otherwise determined. A set of test reference cells associated with a relatively low read error rate may be selected as the set of operating reference cells to be used in operating other cells, outside the subset of cells, in the NVM block or array.
- Some known methods use information regarding the quality of stored data when reading the data from memory cells. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,751,766, whose disclosure is incorporated herein by reference, describes several methods for assessing the quality of data stored in a memory system, and for operating the memory system according to the assessed quality. The data quality is sometimes assessed during read operations. Subsequent use of an Error Correction Code (ECC) can utilize the quality indications to detect and reconstruct the data with improved effectiveness. Alternatively, a statistics of data quality can be constructed and digital data values can be associated in a modified manner to prevent data corruption.
- ECC Error Correction Code
- Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for operating a memory, including:
- ECC Error Correction Code
- reading the stored data by performing multiple read operations that compare analog output values of the analog memory cells to different, respective read thresholds so as to produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells, wherein at least two of the read thresholds are positioned between a pair of the nominal values that are adjacent to one another in the set of the nominal values;
- each of the analog memory cells stores one or more bits of the data, and each of the soft metrics corresponds to one of the bits.
- each of at least some of the analog memory cells stores two or more bits of the data
- reading the data includes, for each of the at least some of the analog memory cells, reading the two or more data bits in respective two or more decoding stages
- computing the soft metrics includes modifying a soft metric of a first bit read in a first decoding stage responsively to a value of a second bit read in a second decoding stage that precedes the first decoding stage.
- Modifying the soft metric may include conditionally inverting the soft metric of the first bit depending on the value of the second bit.
- the method includes making an initial attempt to decode the ECC using an initial set of the read thresholds, such that no more than one of the read thresholds in the initial set is positioned between each pair of the nominal values that are adjacent to one another, and comparing the analog output values to the multiple read thresholds upon a failure of the initial attempt.
- each comparison result has one of first and second possible values
- computing the soft metrics includes determining respective first and second counts of the comparison results having the first and second possible values, and computing the soft metrics based on the first and second counts.
- the method further includes, upon failing to decode the ECC, adding one or more additional read thresholds to the multiple read thresholds, re-computing the soft metrics responsively to the additional read thresholds, and decoding the ECC using the re-computed soft metrics.
- Adding the additional threshold may include progressively increasing a number of the read thresholds until a predetermined condition is met.
- reading the data from a first group of the analog memory cells further includes estimating interference caused to the first group by a second group of the analog memory cells and canceling the estimated interference.
- Canceling the estimated interference may include modifying the soft metrics associated with the first group responsively to the estimated interference.
- the method includes, upon failing to decode the ECC in the first group, selecting whether to perform one of:
- computing the soft metrics includes normalizing the soft metrics so as not to depend on a number of the read thresholds.
- Performing the multiple read operations may include positioning the multiple read thresholds at non-uniform intervals with respect to one another.
- a data storage apparatus including:
- an interface which is operative to communicate with a memory that includes a plurality of analog memory cells
- MSP memory signal processor
- ECC Error Correction Code
- a data storage apparatus including:
- a memory device including:
- analog memory cells which are configured to store data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC) and written to the analog memory cells as respective analog input values selected from a set of nominal values;
- ECC Error Correction Code
- reading circuitry which is coupled to read the stored data by performing multiple read operations that compare output analog values of the analog memory cells to different, respective read thresholds so as to produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells, wherein at least two of the read thresholds are positioned between a pair of the nominal values that are adjacent to one another in the set of the nominal values, to compute soft metrics responsively to the multiple comparison results, and to output the computed soft metrics;
- MSP Memory Signal Processor
- a method for operating a memory including:
- ECC Error Correction Code
- the set of the read thresholds upon a failure to successfully extract the data, extending the set of the read thresholds by adding one or more new read thresholds to the set, updating the multiple comparison results based on the extended set of the read thresholds, re-computing the soft metrics and re-decoding the ECC, so as to extract the data.
- extending the set of the read thresholds includes selecting the one or more new read thresholds responsively to the output analog values of the analog memory cells. Selecting the one or more new read thresholds may include determining at least one property selected from a group of properties consisting of a number of the new read thresholds and values of the new read thresholds.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram that schematically illustrates a system for memory signal processing, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a diagram that schematically illustrates a memory cell array, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 3 is a diagram that schematically illustrates read thresholds in a Single-Level Cell (SLC), in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 4 is a diagram that schematically illustrates read thresholds in a Multi-Level Cell (MLC), in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 5 is a flow chart that schematically illustrates a method for reading data from analog memory cells, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 6 is a flow chart that schematically illustrates a method for computing soft metrics, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 7 is a block diagram that schematically illustrates a circuit for computing soft metrics, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8 is a flow chart that schematically illustrates a method for reading data from analog memory cells, in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 is a diagram that schematically illustrates a process for reading data from analog memory cells, in accordance with yet another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a flow chart that schematically illustrates a method for reading data from analog memory cells, in accordance with still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 11 is a block diagram that schematically illustrates a system for memory signal processing, in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide improved methods and systems for reading data from analog memory cells, such as Flash memory cells.
- a Memory Signal Processor stores data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC), in an array of analog memory cells.
- ECC Error Correction Code
- the MSP stores the encoded data by writing respective analog values to the analog memory cells.
- the analog values are selected from a set of nominal analog values, which represent the data.
- the MSP reads the data from the analog memory cells by performing multiple read operations, which compare the analog values written to the cells to multiple read thresholds.
- the read thresholds are set so that at least two of them are positioned between a pair of adjacent nominal analog values.
- the multiple threshold comparisons produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells.
- the MSP computes soft metrics based on the multiple comparison results.
- the soft metrics provide quantitative measures of the levels of confidence or certainty that are associated with the values read from the memory cells, or of individual bits within the memory cells.
- the MSP decodes the ECC using the soft metrics. In some embodiments, the MSP increases the number of read thresholds in an iterative manner, until successful decoding is achieved.
- Some known reading methods differentiate between adjacent memory states using a single threshold at any given time. Unlike these known methods, the methods and systems described herein perform multiple read operations using multiple thresholds, which are positioned between adjacent memory states. Typically, multiple thresholds are positioned in boundary regions between adjacent nominal values, so that the multiple comparison results convey valuable information regarding the statistical distribution of the analog values in these regions. As a result, the soft metrics, which are based on this information, enable the ECC decoding process to correct a higher number of read errors and to provide an improved overall error probability.
- Some known reading methods modify the threshold values in order to improve decoding performance. Unlike these known methods, the methods and systems described herein do not adapt the threshold values, but rather add new thresholds to the existing set, and improve the decoding performance by refining the accuracy of the soft metrics.
- the improved decoding performance achieved by the disclosed methods and systems enables improving the data storage reliability, storage density and retention time of memory devices, and enables lowering the memory device cost and complexity for a given performance level.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram that schematically illustrates a system 20 for memory signal processing, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- System 20 can be used in various host systems and devices, such as in computing devices, cellular phones or other communication terminals, removable memory modules (“disk-on-key” devices), digital cameras, music and other media players and/or any other system or device in which data is stored and retrieved.
- System 20 comprises a memory device 24 , which stores data in a memory cell array 28 .
- the memory array comprises multiple analog memory cells 32 .
- analog memory cell is used to describe any memory cell that holds a continuous, analog value of a physical parameter, such as an electrical voltage or charge.
- Array 28 may comprise analog memory cells of any kind, such as, for example, NAND, NOR and CTF Flash cells, PCM, NROM, FRAM, MRAM and DRAM cells.
- the charge levels stored in the cells and/or the analog voltages or currents written into and read out of the cells are referred to herein collectively as analog values.
- System 20 stores data in the analog memory cells by programming the cells to assume respective memory states.
- the memory states are selected from a finite set of possible states, and each state corresponds to a certain nominal analog value. For example, a 2 bit/cell MLC can be programmed to assume one of four possible memory states by writing one of four possible nominal analog values into the cell.
- Data for storage in memory device 24 is provided to the device and cached in data buffers 36 .
- the data is then converted to analog voltages and written into memory cells 32 using a reading/writing (R/W) unit 40 , whose functionality is described in greater detail below.
- R/W unit 40 converts the electrical charge, and thus the analog voltages of memory cells 32 , into digital samples having a resolution of one or more bits.
- the samples are cached in buffers 36 .
- the operation and timing of memory device 24 is managed by control logic 48 .
- MSP 52 comprises a signal processing unit 60 , which processes the data that is written into and read from device 24 .
- Unit 60 encodes the data to be written into the memory cells using an Error Correction Code (ECC), and decodes the ECC of the retrieved data.
- ECC Error Correction Code
- MSP 52 reads data out of memory cells 32 by comparing the values read from the cells to multiple read thresholds.
- the ECC decoding scheme used by unit 60 operates on soft metrics, which are computed based on the multiple threshold comparisons. Exemplary methods for reading data and for computing soft metrics are described in detail below.
- unit 60 may use a block code such as the Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocquenghem (BCH) code, Low-Density Parity Check (LDPC) code or Reed-Solomon (RS) code, a trellis code, a turbo-code, or any other suitable ECC and decoding scheme, which is able to operate on soft metrics.
- BCH Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocquenghem
- LDPC Low-Density Parity Check
- RS Reed-Solomon
- trellis code trellis code
- turbo-code or any other suitable ECC and decoding scheme
- MSP 52 comprises a data buffer 72 , which is used by unit 60 for storing data and for interfacing with memory device 24 .
- MSP 52 also comprises an Input/Output (I/O) buffer 56 , which forms an interface between the MSP and the host system.
- a controller 76 manages the operation and timing of MSP 52 .
- Signal processing unit 60 and controller 76 may be implemented in hardware. Alternatively, unit 60 and/or controller 76 may comprise microprocessors that run suitable software, or a combination of hardware and software elements.
- FIG. 1 is an exemplary system configuration, which is shown purely for the sake of conceptual clarity. Any other suitable configuration can also be used. Elements that are not necessary for understanding the principles of the present invention, such as various interfaces, addressing circuits, timing and sequencing circuits and debugging circuits, have been omitted from the figure for clarity.
- memory device 24 and MSP 52 are implemented as two separate Integrated Circuits (ICs). In alternative embodiments, however, the memory device and MSP may be integrated on separate semiconductor dies in a single Multi-Chip Package (MCP) or System on Chip (SoC). Further alternatively, some or all of the MSP circuitry may reside on the same die on which memory array 28 is disposed. An exemplary configuration of this sort is described in FIG. 11 below. Further alternatively, some or all of the functionality of MSP 52 can be implemented in software and carried out by a processor or other element of the host system. In some implementations, a single MSP 52 may be connected to multiple memory devices 24 . Additional architectural aspects of certain embodiments of system 20 are described in greater detail in U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/867,399, cited above.
- data to be written into memory device 24 is accepted from the host and cached in I/O buffer 56 .
- the data is transferred, via data buffers 72 , to memory device 24 .
- the data may be pre-processed by MSP 52 before it is transferred to the memory device for programming.
- unit 60 may encode the data using an ECC, add certain data for internal use, and/or scramble the data.
- the data is temporarily stored in buffers 36 .
- R/W unit 40 converts the data to nominal analog values and writes the nominal values into the appropriate cells 32 of array 28 .
- R/W unit 40 reads analog values out of the appropriate memory cells 32 and converts them to soft digital samples.
- the samples are cached in buffers 36 and transferred to buffers 72 of MSP 52 .
- unit 60 of MSP 52 converts the samples to data bits.
- the range of possible analog values is divided into two or more regions, with each region representing a certain combination of one or more data bits.
- the memory cells are read by comparing their analog values to multiple sets of read thresholds. For each cell, the MSP computes a soft metric based on the multiple comparison results. The soft metrics are then used by the MSP when decoding the ECC. The decoded data is transferred via I/O buffer 56 to the host system.
- FIG. 2 is a diagram that schematically illustrates memory cell array 28 , in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 refers to Flash memory cells that are connected in a particular array configuration, the principles of the present invention are applicable to other types of memory cells and other array configurations, as well.
- Some exemplary cell types and array configurations are described in the references cited in the Background section above.
- Memory cells 32 of array 28 are arranged in a grid having multiple rows and columns.
- Each cell 32 comprises a floating gate Metal-Oxide Semiconductor (MOS) transistor.
- MOS Metal-Oxide Semiconductor
- a certain amount of electrical charge (electrons or holes) can be stored in a particular cell by applying appropriate voltage levels to the transistor gate, source and drain.
- the value stored in the cell can be read by measuring the threshold voltage of the cell, which is defined as the minimal voltage that needs to be applied to the gate of the transistor in order to cause the transistor to conduct.
- the read threshold voltage is indicative of the charge stored in the cell.
- the gates of the transistors in each row are connected by word lines 80 .
- the sources of the transistors in each column are connected by bit lines 84 .
- the sources are connected to the bit lines directly.
- the bit lines are connected to strings of floating-gate cells.
- R/W unit 40 reads the threshold voltage of a particular cell 32 by applying varying voltage levels to its gate (i.e., to the word line to which the cell is connected) and checking whether the drain current of the cell exceeds a certain threshold (i.e., whether the transistor conducts). Unit 40 usually applies a sequence of different voltage values to the word line to which the cell is connected, and determines the lowest gate voltage value for which the drain current exceeds the threshold. Typically, unit 40 reads a group of cells, referred to as a page, simultaneously. Alternatively, R/W unit may use any other technique or circuitry for reading and writing values to and from memory cells 32 of array 28 .
- the memory cell array is typically divided into multiple pages, i.e., groups of memory cells that are programmed and read simultaneously.
- each page comprises an entire row of the array.
- each row (word line) can be divided into two or more pages.
- each row is divided into two pages, one comprising the odd-order cells and the other comprising the even-order cells.
- a two-bit-per-cell memory device usually has four pages per row
- a three-bit-per-cell memory device has six pages per row
- a four-bit-per-cell memory device has eight pages per row.
- Erasing of cells is usually carried out in blocks that contain multiple pages.
- Typical memory devices may comprise several thousand erasure blocks.
- each erasure block is on the order of 32 word lines, each comprising several thousand cells.
- Each word line is often partitioned into four pages (odd/even order cells, least/most significant bit of the cells).
- Other block sizes and configurations can also be used.
- Three-bit-per cell devices often have 192 pages per erasure block, and four-bit-per-cell devices often have 256 pages per block.
- Some memory devices comprise two or more separate memory cell arrays, often referred to as planes. Since each plane has a certain “busy” period between successive write operations, data can be written alternately to the different planes in order to increase programming speed.
- the analog values (e.g., threshold voltages) stored in memory cells 32 may contain various types of distortion, which are caused by different distortion mechanisms in array 28 .
- electrical cross-coupling between nearby cells in the array may modify the threshold voltage of a particular cell.
- electrical charge may leak from the cells over time.
- disturb noise is caused by memory access operations (e.g., read, write or erase operations) on certain cells in the array, which cause unintended charge variations in other cells.
- the source-drain current of a particular cell can be affected by the charge in adjacent cells, e.g., other cells in the same NAND cell string, via an effect referred to as Back Pattern Dependency (BPD).
- BPD Back Pattern Dependency
- the distortion in memory cells 32 degrades the performance of the memory device, e.g., the error probability when reconstructing the data, the achievable storage capacity and/or the achievable data retention period. Performance degradation is particularly severe in MLC devices, in which the differences between the different voltage levels that represent the data are relatively small.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide improved methods and systems for reading data from analog memory cells 32 of array 28 , by using multiple read thresholds.
- the methods described herein are suitable for both SLC devices (as illustrated, for example, in FIG. 3 below) and MLC devices (as illustrated, for example, in FIG. 4 below).
- FIG. 3 is a diagram that schematically illustrates read thresholds in an SLC device, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- the figure shows two statistical distributions of the threshold voltages in a group (e.g., page) of analog memory cells.
- the diagram represents a histogram of the threshold voltages stored in the memory cells of the page.
- each memory cell is programmed to one of two possible nominal levels, i.e., each cell stores a single data bit. Due to various distortion variations among the cells and various impairment mechanisms, the actual threshold voltages read from the memory cells may statistically vary from the nominal levels.
- a curve 90 A shows the distribution of threshold voltages of the cells, which are programmed to store a “1” value.
- a curve 90 B shows the distribution of threshold voltages of the cells that are programmed to store “0”.
- curves 90 A and 90 B overlap.
- MSP 52 reconstructs the data stored in the memory cells by combining information, which is obtained using multiple read thresholds, in order to reduce the probability of error.
- FIG. 3 shows five thresholds denoted T 1 . . . T 5 .
- MSP 52 reads each memory cell using each of the thresholds. Each read operation produces a comparison result, i.e., an indication of whether the read threshold voltage is greater or smaller than the threshold used in the operation.
- the MSP reads each memory cell five times, using thresholds T 1 . . . T 5 , to produce five respective comparison results.
- the MSP may go through the different thresholds at any suitable order. For example, the MSP may begin with the threshold positioned in the middle of the desired region and gradually move away from this point by adding thresholds on either side of the initial threshold. Exemplary iterative methods that gradually increase the number of thresholds are described further below.
- the MSP computes a soft metric using the multiple comparison results.
- the soft metric indicates a confidence level or measure of certainty associated with the value read from the memory cell.
- the soft metric indicates a likelihood that the read value corresponds to a certain data value (e.g., a very low metric value may indicate a high certainty that the read value corresponds to a “1”, a very high metric value indicates that the read value is likely to represent a “0”, and intermediate metric values indicate lower confidence).
- the metric value indicates the reliability of the read value without indicating a particular bit value (e.g., low metric value indicates low confidence, high metric value represents high confidence).
- the term “soft metric” refers to any type of quantitative measure that conveys more than a single bit of information, i.e., more than two possible values.
- the soft metric may comprise a fixed- or floating-point numerical value represented using two or more bits.
- Another exemplary type of soft metric sometimes referred to as “erasure,” assigns each read memory cell one of three possible values—“0”, “1” or “uncertain.” Further alternatively, any other suitable type of soft metric can be used.
- a soft metric value may be computed and assigned to each individual bit. For example, in a four-level MLC, one metric value is computed for the Least Significant Bit (LSB) and another metric value is computed for the Most Significant Bit (MSB). Detailed examples of metric computation methods for both SLC and MLC applications are described further below.
- Least Significant Bit Least Significant Bit
- MSB Most Significant Bit
- the MSP 52 may use any suitable method for computing the soft metric value based on the multiple comparison results.
- the MSP may use a table, which provides the metric values associated with different combinations of the comparison results. For example, the following table can be used with the five-threshold configuration of FIG. 3 :
- the table above provides thirty-two soft metric values denoted M 1 . . . M 32 , which correspond to the thirty-two possible combinations of five comparison results of thresholds T 1 . . . T 5 .
- a “0” comparison result means that the read value was higher than the threshold used
- a “1” comparison result means the read value was lower than the threshold.
- M 1 and M 32 will indicate high confidence levels, since these metric values correspond to situations in which the read operations with all five thresholds produce the same comparison results. Other combinations of comparison results will usually be assigned metrics that indicate lower confidence levels.
- Some sets of comparison results may be regarded as inconsistent or self-contradictory. For example, assume T 1 ⁇ T 2 ⁇ T 3 ⁇ T 4 ⁇ T 5 , and that the five comparison results produced by thresholds T 1 . . . T 5 are denoted C 1 . . . C 5 , respectively.
- the result set ‘1,1,1,0,1’ for a certain memory cell is inconsistent because it indicates that the analog value is larger than T 4 and smaller than T 3 , even though T 4 >T 3 .
- Such a result set may be caused, for example, when the cell has a high level of read noise in at least one of the read operations.
- Result sets such as ‘1,1,1,1,0’, ‘1,1,1,0,0’, or ‘1,0,0,0,0’, on the other hand, are consistent.
- the MSP may treat inconsistent sets of comparison results in different manners, by assigning them different soft metric values. For example, the MSP may regard inconsistent result sets as uncertain and mark them as erasures to the ECC decoding process. Alternatively, the MSP may disregard or otherwise attempt to resolve some inconsistencies. For example, the MSP may regard a ‘1,1,0,1,1,’ result set similarly to a ‘1,1,1,1,1’ set, assuming that the “0” comparison result of T 3 was caused by read noise.
- MSP 52 may evaluate a function that operates on the multiple comparison results and produces the corresponding soft metric value.
- the MSP may evaluate Log Likelihood Ratios (LLRs) of individual bits in each memory cell, which are defined as
- the MSP may maintain two values for each memory cell: (1) the largest read threshold that was found to be below the analog value of the cell, denoted V a , and (2) the smallest read threshold that was found to be above the analog value of the cell, denoted V b .
- the LLR of the cell can be shown to be approximated by
- T 1 denotes the center analog value of the nearest distribution that has “1” as its data bit
- T 0 denotes the center value of the nearest distribution having “0” as its data bit.
- the distribution of r is assumed Gaussian with variance ⁇ 2 .
- the MSP updates V a and V b .
- the actual analog value of the cell is known to be within the interval [V a , V b ].
- the interval shrinks the uncertainty becomes smaller and the estimated LLR becomes more accurate.
- the MSP may use any other suitable method or mechanism for computing the soft metric values based on the multiple comparison results.
- MSP 52 uses the soft metrics when decoding the ECC.
- the data stored in a group of memory cells, such as in a certain memory page forms a single codeword.
- signal processing unit 60 of the MSP uses the soft metric values of the memory cells in the group. As a result, memory cells that are considered to have a high confidence level are given more weight in the ECC decoding process, and vice versa.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram that schematically illustrates read thresholds in an MLC device, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- each memory cell is programmed to one of four possible nominal levels, thus storing two bits of data.
- Curves 94 A . . . 94 D show the threshold voltage distributions of the memory cells that are programmed to store “11”, “01”, “00” and “10” data, respectively.
- MSP 52 reads the memory cells using five sets of thresholds. Each threshold set comprises three thresholds, which are typically positioned in the three boundary regions between pairs of adjacent distribution curves. The threshold sets are listed in the following table:
- MSP 52 reads the threshold voltage of the cell using each of the fifteen thresholds, and computes a soft metric based on the fifteen comparison results.
- the MSP may use any type of soft metric and any method of computing the metric value based on the multiple comparison results.
- the MSP uses the soft metric values as input to the ECC decoding process, as explained above.
- the memory cell is read in two stages, corresponding to the two bits stored in the cell.
- the R/W unit performs a first set of comparisons using the five thresholds T 21 , T 22 , T 23 , T 24 and T 25 , i.e., the thresholds located in the middle of the voltage axis, between curves 94 B and 94 C.
- the MSP computes a first soft metric based on the five comparison results obtained using these five thresholds. Note that both nominal levels located above thresholds T 21 . . . T 25 have an LSB value of “0” and that both nominal levels located below thresholds T 21 . . . T 25 have an LSB value of “1”.
- the first soft metric corresponds to the LSB.
- the R/W unit performs a second set of comparisons.
- the R/W unit may use thresholds T 11 . . . T 15 or thresholds T 31 . . . T 35 in the second stage, depending on the decoded value of the LSB. If the LSB was determined to be “1”, i.e., the read value was determined to be in the lower part of the voltage range, the MSB will be decoded using thresholds T 11 . . . T 15 in the second stage. If the LSB was decoded as “0”, the MSB will be decoded using thresholds T 31 . . . T 35 .
- the MSP computes a second metric, which corresponds to the MSB, based on the five comparison results obtained in the second comparison stage.
- a similar multi-stage comparison process can be carried out in multi-level cells storing a higher number of bits.
- the MSP and R/W unit may perform a three-stage comparison process to decode the individual bits. Apart from the first stage, the selection of the thresholds used in each stage typically depends on the decoded values of the previous bits.
- each bit is read independently of the other bits.
- the LSB can be read using thresholds T 21 . . . T 25 .
- the MSB is read by sequentially reading the cell using both thresholds T 11 . . . T 15 and T 31 . . . T 35 . If the comparison results indicate that the analog value is between T 11 . . . T 15 and T 31 . . . T 35 , the bit is determined to be “0”. If, on the other hand, the comparison results indicate that the analog value is larger than T 31 . . . T 35 or smaller than T 11 . . . T 15 , the bit is determined to be “1”.
- the comparison results to thresholds T 21 . . . T 25 which were used for reading the LSB, are not used for reading the MSB.
- Similar processes may be performed for other types of MLC, such as eight-level cells storing three bits per cell.
- threshold configurations shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 above are exemplary configurations, which were chosen purely for the sake of conceptual clarity.
- system 20 may use any desired number of nominal levels, any other mapping of bit values to nominal levels and any desired number of threshold sets.
- FIGS. 3 and 4 show thresholds that are spaced at regular increments, the methods and systems described herein may use irregularly-spaced thresholds, as well.
- the threshold spacing may vary from one voltage region to another.
- thresholds T 11 . . . T 15 may be spaced differently than thresholds T 21 . . . T 25 .
- Different threshold spacing may be used, for example, when different analog value distributions have different shapes or different spacing with respect to one another.
- the MSP may modify the threshold spacing, or otherwise select the threshold values to use, such as based on estimation of the analog value distributions.
- FIG. 5 is a flow chart that schematically illustrates a method for reading data from analog memory cells 32 , in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- the method begins with system 20 performing multiple read operations using respective multiple thresholds, at a reading step 100 .
- the multiple read operations produce respective multiple comparison results, i.e., indications of whether the threshold voltage of the cell is smaller or greater than the different thresholds.
- MSP 52 computes a soft metric of the memory cell based on the multiple comparison results, at a metric computation step 104 .
- the MSP typically repeats the process of steps 100 and 104 above over a group of memory cells, whose data forms a single ECC codeword.
- R/W unit 40 reads the cells of an entire page of the memory device, using a particular threshold value, simultaneously.
- the MSP decodes the codeword using the metrics, at a decoding step 108 .
- the MSP extracts the decoded data, at a data extraction step 112 .
- the decoded data is typically output to the host system.
- the multiple-threshold reading methods described herein can also be viewed as an efficient means for obtaining accurate information regarding the stored analog values using a relatively small number of read operations.
- the exact analog values stored in the memory cells were known to the MSP (e.g., by employing high-resolution analog-to-digital conversion), this information could be used to extract probability measures on the stored data.
- the basic read operation of analog memory devices such as Flash memories, usually comprises comparison operations, which compare the analog value stored in a cell to a single threshold. In order to obtain the analog value with a given resolution, the entire possible voltage range would have to be searched or scanned with the desired resolution.
- the MSP initially reads the memory cells using a single set of thresholds. The MSP reverts to read the memory cells that correspond to a certain codeword using the multiple-threshold methods described herein only when the ECC decoding process fails.
- the methods of FIGS. 3-5 above can be applied iteratively, gradually increasing the number of thresholds used.
- the MSP may attempt to reconstruct the data using soft metrics that are based on two sets of thresholds. If the data cannot be reconstructed (i.e., if the ECC fails), the MSP can re-read the memory cells using a third threshold set. The iterations may continue until ECC decoding succeeds, or until reaching a predetermined maximum number of threshold sets. Note that at each stage of the iterative process, the MSP computes the soft metrics based on the multiple comparison results that are available so far. In some cases, the MSP may use information, such as metric values, which was calculated in previous iterations. The iterative process enables a gradual increase in the number of computations, only as needed to carry out successful decoding.
- the MSP computes the soft metric value based on the number of computation results falling on either side of the thresholds.
- a “0” comparison result means the read value was higher than the threshold, and vice versa. This convention, however, is chosen purely for the sake of convenience, and the opposite convention can also be used.
- the MSP computes the soft metric value based on the number of computation results falling on either side of the thresholds.
- FIG. 6 is a flow chart that schematically illustrates an exemplary method for computing soft metrics, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- the method description refers to an SLC application and makes reference to FIG. 3 above. This choice, however, is made purely for the sake of simplicity of explanation. The method can similarly be used in MLC applications, as well.
- the method begins with the MSP defining multiple thresholds, at a threshold definition step 116 .
- the thresholds are defined within the boundary region between the voltage distribution.
- five thresholds are defined in the region in which curves 90 A and 90 B overlap.
- a set of thresholds can be defined to cover the voltage range of 1V ⁇ 40 mV at 20 mV intervals.
- the MSP reads the memory cells using the multiple thresholds, at a reading step 120 .
- the MSP counts the number of comparison results falling on either side of the thresholds, at a counting step 124 . In other words, the MSP determines the number of “0” comparison results and/or the number of “1” results out of the total number of threshold comparisons.
- the MSP computes a soft metric associated with the cell (or with an individual bit within the cell) based on the count of comparison results, at a metric computation step 128 .
- a soft metric associated with the cell (or with an individual bit within the cell) based on the count of comparison results, at a metric computation step 128 .
- the MSP may compute the soft metric according to the following table:
- the metric computation may be implemented by querying a table that holds the metric values and is indexed by the count of comparison results, evaluating a function that operates on the count of the comparison results, or using any other suitable mechanism.
- the selection of thresholds may depend on the values of previously-decoded bits. Moreover, the values of previously-decoded bits may in some cases affect the metric value itself.
- the LSB is first decoded by determining whether the value read from the cell falls on the left- or right-hand-side of thresholds T 21 . . . T 25 . Note that in the example of FIG. 4 , the two nominal levels located below these thresholds have an LSB value of “1”, and the two nominal levels located above the thresholds have an LSB value of “0”.
- the second decoding stage (decoding of the MSB) depends on the results of the first stage.
- decoding the MSB comprises determining whether the read value is likely to belong to curve 94 C or to curve 94 D.
- decoding the MSB comprises determining whether the read value is likely to belong to curve 94 A or to curve 94 B.
- the value of the currently-read bit can be inverted instead of inverting the metric value.
- the conditional operation of inverting a value only if a previous value is equal to “1” can be implemented by performing an eXclusive-OR (XOR) operation between the current and previous bit values.
- FIG. 7 is a block diagram that schematically illustrates an exemplary circuit for computing soft metrics in a multi-level cell, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- the description that follows refers to a hardware or firmware implementation, a similar mechanism can be implemented in software, or as a combination of software and hardware elements.
- the circuit of FIG. 7 computes soft metrics of the LSBs and MSBs of a group of four-level cells, assuming the LSBs represent a certain memory page and the MSBs represent another page.
- the LSB page is read first and is referred to as the previous page.
- the MSB page is read second and is referred to as the current page.
- the computation process of the metrics of the current page makes conditional inversion (XOR) operations depending on the bit values of the previous page.
- the circuit comprises a XOR circuit 134 , which performs a bit-wise XOR operation between a byte 130 of hard bit decisions from the current page (MSBs) and a byte 132 of previously-decoded data bits (LSBs) from the previous page.
- MSBs current page
- LSBs previously-decoded data bits
- An adder 136 sums the results of the XOR operations.
- the adder output is accumulated as a soft metric 140 of the MSB.
- a vector 138 holds the accumulated metrics of the MSBs of the different cells.
- the same circuit can also be used to compute the soft metrics of the LSBs, which do not depend on any previous values.
- byte 132 is filled with zeros so that the XOR operation is bypassed and byte 130 is provided to adder 136 unchanged.
- the circuit of FIG. 7 refers to four-level, 2 bit/cell MLC. Similar circuits can be used, however, to compute soft metrics for other types of multi-level cells, such as eight-level, 3 bits/cell MLC.
- the soft metrics of individual bits of a multi-level cell can be calculated independently for different bits. These methods may be of particular benefit when the read data values of previous bits are not available when reading a certain bit.
- the soft metrics of the MSB may be computed without knowledge of the LSB.
- the MSB value can be assumed to be “0” if the analog value falls between thresholds T 11 . . . T 15 and T 31 . . . T 35 , and “1” otherwise.
- a similar method can be applied to eight-level, 3 bit/cell MLC.
- an eight-level MLC device whose eight levels are denoted L 1 . . . L 8 and are mapped to the bit triplets ‘111’, ‘011’, ‘001’, ‘101’, ‘100’, ‘000’, ‘010’, ‘110’, respectively.
- the MSP can compute the soft metric of the MSB (leftmost bit in the triplet) of such a cell independently of the other bits by performing comparisons using four sets of multiple thresholds. Each threshold set is positioned between adjacent levels having different MSB values.
- one set is positioned between levels L 1 and L 2 , another set between L 3 and L 4 , a third set between L 5 and L 6 and a fourth set between L 7 and L 8 .
- the four threshold sets divide the analog value axis into five intervals denoted I 1 . . . I 5 , such that the MSB has the same value within each interval.
- the MSP determines that the MSB is “0” if the read analog value read from the cell falls within interval I 2 or I 4 , and “1” if the analog value falls within interval I 1 , I 3 or I 5 .
- the MSP forms groups of four thresholds, with each group containing one threshold from each set. Moving from group to group, each threshold is moved in the direction in which the MSB value transition is from “1” to “0”. For each threshold group, the MSP performs four read operations and checks whether the read value falls in intervals corresponding to “1” or in intervals corresponding to “0”.
- the MSP computes a soft metric based on the counts.
- soft metrics that are based on counting comparison results of a given type assume that the read thresholds are positioned symmetrically around the midpoint between distributions.
- the comparison and metric computation operations described above consume both time and computation resources, which grow with the number of thresholds. Therefore, it is sometimes advantageous to use only as many thresholds as needed to successfully reconstruct the data.
- the MSP initially attempts to compute the soft metrics and decode the data with a relatively small number of thresholds, and increase their number only when needed.
- the MSP may make an initial attempt to decode the ECC using an initial set of read thresholds in which only a single threshold is positioned between each pair of adjacent nominal values (memory states).
- the MSP reverts to multiple-threshold decoding upon failure of the initial decoding attempt.
- FIG. 8 is a flow chart that schematically illustrates an exemplary method for reading data from analog memory cells by gradually increasing the number of thresholds, in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- the MSP attempted to decode a particular codeword stored in a group of memory cells using soft metrics that were obtained using a certain number of thresholds, and that ECC decoding has failed.
- the metrics are assumed to be based on the count of comparison results, as explained above.
- the method begins with the MSP adding one or more additional thresholds to the set of thresholds used, and reading the group of memory cells using the added thresholds, at a threshold addition step 142 .
- the MSP updates the count of comparison results (i.e., the number of “0” and/or “1” results out of the total), at a count updating step 144 .
- the updated count reflects the comparison results of the previous thresholds as well as of the newly-added thresholds.
- the MSP then computes the soft metrics based on the updated accumulated count of comparison results, and a metric updating step 146 .
- the MSP may compute the metrics from scratch at each iteration.
- the MSP may store the metric values and/or comparison result counts from previous iterations, and update them to account for the newly-added comparison results.
- the soft metric computed at a given iteration may depend on the current comparison result count, on previous counts and on previous metric values.
- the MSP computes soft metrics based on the accumulated count of comparison results, at a metric computation step 146 . Any suitable metric computation method can be used, such as the exemplary methods described above.
- the MSP attempts to decode the codeword using the soft metrics, at an ECC decoding step 148 .
- the MSP checks whether the ECC decoding was successful, at an ECC checking step 150 . If successful, the MSP extracts and outputs the data, at a data extraction step 152 , and the method terminates.
- the method loops back to threshold addition step 142 above.
- the MSP adds one or more additional thresholds to the set of thresholds, computes soft metrics based on the extended set, and attempts to decode the ECC again.
- the method of FIG. 8 enables the MSP to use only as many thresholds as needed to successfully decode the ECC. When distortion is not severe, most codewords can be decoded using a small number of thresholds, enabling a high overall or average reading speed.
- the MSP may evaluate any other suitable condition, and stop the iterative process when the condition is met. For example, the MSP may continue to add thresholds until reaching a maximum number of thresholds, or a maximum number of iterations.
- the ECC decoding process may comprise an iterative process. Iterative decoding processes are commonly used to decode codes such as LDPC and turbo codes. In these embodiments, the iterative decoding process is provided with increasingly-improving metrics, which are based on an increasing number of read thresholds. In other words, the iterative decoding process starts decoding using metrics, which are based on a certain initial number of thresholds. Subsequent iterations of the iterative decoding process are provided with metrics that are based on an increasing number of read thresholds, until the iterative decoding process converges to a valid codeword.
- the MSP may use an error detection code, such as a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) or checksum.
- CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
- the MSP iteratively adds read thresholds until the error detection code detects no errors.
- ECC Cyclic Redundancy Check
- the MSP may use an error detection code to determine when to stop adding new thresholds, even though the data is encoded using an ECC. This scheme may be advantageous, for example, when the ECC does not provide a reliable indication of decoding success or failure.
- the MSP may use various methods and criteria for selecting how many thresholds to add at each iteration, and in which order. For example, thresholds can be added two at a time, gradually moving away from the initial threshold position in both directions. In other words, assuming the MSP initially attempts to use a threshold denoted T and that the thresholds are spaced at regular intervals of ⁇ , the threshold sets in the first four iterations are:
- the possible range of metric values may vary with the number of thresholds used. For example, when the soft metric comprises the count of comparison results, the metric values based on three thresholds will be in the range [0 . . . 3], whereas metric values based on five thresholds will be in the range [0 . . . 5]. This effect is generally undesirable. In other words, it is generally desired to provide the ECC decoder with metrics, which use the same dynamic range for quantifying confidence or certainty, regardless of the number of threshold comparisons on which the metric is based.
- the MSP normalizes the soft values read from the memory cells based on the number of thresholds. For example, the MSP may apply bit extension to the values to reach a certain constant number of bits, e.g., five-bits. For example, the bit-extended value may be given by
- Val denotes the input soft value and N denotes the number of thresholds used to evaluate Val.
- Max Val denotes the maximum value of the bit-extended soft value, e.g., 31 for five-bit representation.
- the MSP may apply any other suitable data scaling mechanism.
- the MSP has information regarding the level of distortion or interference in the memory cells being read.
- Various methods can be used to estimate interference levels in memory cells. Exemplary methods are described in PCT Patent Application PCT/IL2007/000580, cited above and in PCT Patent Application PCT/IL2007/000576, entitled “Distortion Estimation and Cancellation in Memory Devices,” filed May 10, 2007, and PCT Patent Application PCT/IL2007/001059, entitled “Estimation of Non-Linear Distortion in Memory Devices,” filed Aug. 27, 2007, whose disclosures are incorporated herein by reference.
- the MSP may add the effect of the interference to the soft values, or otherwise modify the soft values based on the estimated interference, before these values are provided to the ECC decoder.
- FIG. 9 is a diagram that schematically illustrates a process for reading data from analog memory cells, which involves data scaling and interference cancellation, in accordance with yet another embodiment of the present invention. Although the configuration of FIG. 9 is used to demonstrate both interference cancellation and scaling, each mechanism may be carried out with or without the other.
- a scaling module 154 accepts the conditionally-inverted soft values read from the memory cells (e.g., the outputs of XOR circuit 134 of FIG. 7 above). Module 154 also accepts an indication of the iteration number and/or the number of thresholds that are currently used. Module 154 applies bit extension or other scaling to the input soft values. The amount of scaling depends on the input iteration number.
- the scaled soft values are provided to an interference cancellation module 156 , which also accepts estimates of the interference level in the respective memory cells. Module 156 subtracts or otherwise cancels out the interference estimates from the corresponding soft values, to produce soft values that are properly scaled and contain reduced levels of interference.
- the soft values are provided to a metric computation module 158 , which computes the soft metrics and provides them to the ECC decoder.
- Re-reading cells with additional thresholds and estimating the interference from neighboring memory cells are two operations that on one hand improve the reading performance, and on the other hand consume time and computational power.
- the MSP may combine the two operations and trade-off one operation for another. For example, the MSP may determine at each iteration whether it is preferable to refine the decoding accuracy by re-reading the current page using an additional threshold, or to refine the interference estimation by reading (or re-reading) a group of interfering cells.
- FIG. 10 is a flow chart that schematically illustrates a method for reading data from analog memory cells that involves trading-off re-reading and interference estimation, in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- the method begins with the MSP reading a page of memory cells, at a reading step 160 .
- the MSP may select to either (1) re-read the desired page using an additional threshold, or (2) read a page of interfering cells.
- the MSP may apply various policies or heuristics in determining which of the two actions to take at each cycle.
- the MSP may read different groups of interfering cells at different cycles.
- the MSP may alternate between the two operations, thus adding a threshold every two cycles and estimating interference every two cycles.
- the MSP may choose which action to take based on the estimated level of the distortion. For example, if recent interference estimations indicate that the level of interference is low, the MSP may give precedence to adding threshold comparisons, and refine the interference estimation at larger intervals.
- the decision may depend on the type of page being read. For example, even- and odd-order pages may experience different interference levels, and the MSP may apply different decision logic for different page types. Pages located on the last word line in a block may also experience different interference levels and may be treated differently. Since the interference may depend on the order in which the pages were written, different trade-offs may apply to higher- and lower-number pages within a word line.
- memory cells within the desired page may cause interference to one another.
- the group of interfered cells and the group of interfering cells may sometimes overlap.
- the MSP Based on the updated information, the MSP subtracts the interference estimation from the read soft values, at an interference cancellation step 162 , and computes the soft metrics, at a metric calculation step 164 .
- the MSP then decodes the ECC, at a decoding step 166 , and checks whether ECC decoding was successful, at a success checking step 168 .
- the method terminates, at a success termination step 170 , and the MSP typically extracts and outputs the data. Otherwise, the MSP checks whether the number of iterations (cycles) exceeds a predetermined maximum number, at an iteration number checking step 172 . If the maximum number of iterations was exceeded, the method terminates without successfully reading the data, at an error termination step 174 . Otherwise, the method loops back to reading step 160 above, and the MSP again determines whether to add another threshold or refine the interference estimation in the next cycle.
- the MSP may select the number of new thresholds that are added at a particular iteration based on the values read from the cells or the data represented by these values. For example, when the MSP detects severe ECC failure or an exceptionally high level of interference, it may decide to add a high number of thresholds.
- the MSP may also determine the values (i.e., positions) of the new thresholds based on the read values or read data. For example, the values of new thresholds that are added in response to ECC failure may be different from the values of thresholds added in response to high interference.
- the multiple comparison results associated with the multiple thresholds are typically communicated from memory device 24 to MSP 52 .
- the resulting communication bandwidth between the memory device and the MSP may become prohibitive, especially when using a large number of threshold sets and/or when the number of nominal levels per memory cell is high.
- the communication bandwidth over the interface between the MSP and the memory device may become the limiting factor that determines the memory access speed of system 20 . This effect becomes even more severe when a single MSP 52 is connected to multiple memory devices 24 .
- some of the re-reading functions are carried out internally to the memory device, so as to reduce the communication bandwidth between the memory device and the MSP.
- FIG. 11 is a block diagram that schematically illustrates a system 200 for memory signal processing, in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- multiple memory devices 204 are connected to an MSP 208 over an external bus 212 .
- Each memory device 204 comprises a memory cell array 216 and a R/W unit 220 , which are similar to array 28 and R/W unit 40 of FIG. 1 above, respectively.
- each memory device 204 comprises a threshold setting and metric calculation unit 224 , also referred to as “metric calculation unit” for brevity.
- Unit 224 is connected to R/W unit 220 by an internal bus 228 .
- R/W unit 220 controls R/W unit 220 to set the appropriate threshold values and read the memory cells using the thresholds, such as using any of the methods described above.
- the R/W unit carries out the multiple comparison operations and sends the corresponding comparison results to unit 224 .
- Unit 224 computes the soft metrics based on the comparison results, and sends the metric values over external bus 212 to MSP 208 .
- MSP 208 comprises an ECC decoder 232 .
- the ECC decoder accepts the soft metrics sent from unit 224 of memory device 204 and decodes the ECC based on the metrics.
- the MSP typically outputs the decoded data to the host system.
- MSP 208 controls multiple memory devices 204
- a single ECC decoder may decodes the data sent from all the memory devices.
- multiple ECC decoders may be used.
- the communication bandwidth between the MSP and the memory device is significantly reduced in comparison with the configuration of FIG. 1 above, since individual comparison results are not communicated to the MSP. Instead, unit 224 sends the soft metric values, typically comprising a single value for each read memory cell.
- the large communication bandwidth needed to communicate the multiple comparison results is confined to internal bus 228 , i.e., internally to the memory device.
- a high bandwidth bus of this sort is considerably simpler to implement internally to the memory device than between separate devices.
- the traffic over the internal bus comprises only the traffic generated by the particular memory device, regardless of the number of memory devices controlled by the MSP.
- R/W unit 220 and metric calculation unit 224 are an exemplary partitioning, which is chosen purely for the sake of conceptual clarity. In alternative embodiments, the reading, threshold comparison, threshold setting and metric computation functions can be partitioned in any other way, as desired.
- R/W unit 220 , internal bus 228 and metric calculation unit 224 are collectively regarded as a reading circuit, which reads the analog memory cell and produces soft metrics.
- the soft metric computation sometimes takes into account estimation and cancellation of the interference in the read memory cells.
- the interference estimation and cancellation functionality can also be carried out by the reading circuit internally to memory device 204 , e.g., by unit 224 .
- unit 224 sends to the MSP soft metrics, in which the interference is already taken into account.
- HDD Hard Disk Drives
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Read Only Memory (AREA)
- Techniques For Improving Reliability Of Storages (AREA)
- For Increasing The Reliability Of Semiconductor Memories (AREA)
Abstract
A method for operating a memory (28) includes storing data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC), in analog memory cells (32) of the memory by writing respective analog input values selected from a set of nominal values to the analog memory cells. The stored data is read by performing multiple read operations that compare analog output values of the analog memory cells to different, respective read thresholds so as to produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells. At least two of the read thresholds are positioned between a pair of the nominal values that are adjacent to one another in the set of the nominal values. Soft metrics are computed responsively to the multiple comparison results. The ECC is decoded using the soft metrics, so as to extract the data stored in the analog memory cells.
Description
This application is an application for reissue of U.S. Pat. No. 8,145,984 B2, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/995,814 filed on Jan. 15, 2008, which is the national stage entry of PCT/IL2007/001315 filed on Oct. 30, 2007, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/863,506, filed Oct. 30, 2006, U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/867,399, filed Nov. 28, 2006, U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/888,828, filed Feb. 8, 2007, U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/889,277, filed Feb. 11, 2007, U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/892,869, filed Mar. 4, 2007, U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/894,456, filed Mar. 13, 2007, U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/917,653, filed May 12, 2007, U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/950,884, filed Jul. 20, 2007, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/951,215, filed Jul. 22, 2007. The disclosures of all these related applications are incorporated herein by reference.
The present invention relates generally to memory devices, and particularly to methods and systems for reading data from memory cells.
Several types of memory devices, such as Flash memories, use arrays of analog memory cells for storing data. Each analog memory cell stores a quantity of an analog value, such as an electrical charge or voltage, which represents the information stored in the cell. In Flash memories, for example, each analog memory cell holds a certain amount of electrical charge. The range of possible analog values is typically divided into regions, each region corresponding to one or more data bit values. Data is written to an analog memory cell by writing a nominal analog value that corresponds to the desired bit or bits. The possible bit values that can be stored in an analog memory cell are also referred to as the memory states of the cell.
Some memory devices, commonly referred to as Single-Level Cell (SLC) devices, store a single bit of information in each memory cell, i.e., each memory cell can be programmed to assume two possible memory states. Higher-density devices, often referred to as Multi-Level Cell (MLC) devices, store two or more bits per memory cell, i.e., can be programmed to assume more than two possible memory states.
Flash memory devices are described, for example, by Bez et al., in “Introduction to Flash Memory,” Proceedings of the IEEE, volume 91, number 4, April, 2003, pages 489-502, which is incorporated herein by reference. Multi-level Flash cells and devices are described, for example, by Eitan et al., in “Multilevel Flash Cells and their Trade-Offs,” Proceedings of the 1996 IEEE International Electron Devices Meeting (IEDM), New York, N.Y., pages 169-172, which is incorporated herein by reference. The paper compares several kinds of multilevel Flash cells, such as common ground, DINOR, AND, NOR and NAND cells.
Eitan et al., describe another type of analog memory cell called Nitride Read Only Memory (NROM) in “Can NROM, a 2-bit, Trapping Storage NVM Cell, Give a Real Challenge to Floating Gate Cells?” Proceedings of the 1999 International Conference on Solid State Devices and Materials (SSDM), Tokyo, Japan, Sep. 21-24, 1999, pages 522-524, which is incorporated herein by reference. NROM cells are also described by Maayan et al., in “A 512 Mb NROM Flash Data Storage Memory with 8 MB/s Data Rate”, Proceedings of the 2002 IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference (ISSCC 2002), San Francisco, Calif., Feb. 3-7, 2002, pages 100-101, which is incorporated herein by reference. Other exemplary types of analog memory cells are Floating Gate (FG) cells, Ferroelectric RAM (FRAM) cells, magnetic RAM (MRAM) cells, Charge Trap Flash (CTF) and phase change RAM (PRAM, also referred to as Phase Change Memory—PCM) cells. FRAM, MRAM and PRAM cells are described, for example, by Kim and Koh in “Future Memory Technology including Emerging New Memories,” Proceedings of the 24th International Conference on Microelectronics (MIEL), Nis, Serbia and Montenegro, May 16-19, 2004, volume 1, pages 377-384, which is incorporated herein by reference.
The analog values read from analog memory cells are sometimes distorted. The distortion may be due to various reasons, such as electrical field coupling from neighboring memory cells, disturb noise caused by memory access operations on other cells in the array and threshold voltage drift caused by device aging. Some common distortion mechanisms are described in the article by Bez et al., cited above. Distortion effects are also described by Lee et al., in “Effects of Floating Gate Interference on NAND Flash Memory Cell Operation,” IEEE Electron Device Letters, (23:5), May, 2002, pages 264-266, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Reading data from analog memory cells often involves comparing the analog values stored in the cells to one or more thresholds, or reference levels. Several methods for determining the appropriate threshold values are known in the art. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,657,332, whose disclosure is incorporated herein by reference, describes methods for recovering from hard errors in a solid-state memory system. Hard errors may arise from cells whose threshold voltages drifted from their intended level to cause read errors. The memory system includes an array of memory cells, each cell capable of having its threshold voltage programmed or erased to an intended level. An error checking scheme is provided for each of a plurality of groups of cells for identifying read errors therein. A read reference level is adjusted before each read operation on the individual group of cells containing read errors, each time the read reference level being displaced a predetermined step from a reference level for normal read, until the error checking means no longer indicates read errors. The drifted threshold voltage of each cell associated with a read error is re-written to its intended level.
U.S. Pat. No. 7,023,735, whose disclosure is incorporated herein by reference, describes methods for reading Flash memory cells, which, in addition to comparing the threshold voltages of Flash cells to integral reference voltages, compare the threshold voltages to fractional reference voltages.
U.S. Patent Application Publication 2007/0091677, whose disclosure is incorporated herein by reference, describes methods, devices and computer readable code for reading data from one or more flash memory cells, and for recovering from read errors. In some embodiments, in the event of an error correction failure by an error detection and correction module, the flash memory cells are re-read at least once using one or more modified reference voltages, until successful error correction may be carried out. In some embodiments, after successful error correction, a subsequent read request is handled without re-writing data to the flash memory cells in the interim.
U.S. Pat. No. 6,963,505, whose disclosure is incorporated herein by reference, describes a method, circuit and system for determining a reference voltage. In some embodiments a set of operating reference cells is established to be used in operating cells in a Non-Volatile Memory (NVM) block or array. At least a subset of cells of the NVM block or array may be read using each of two or more sets of test reference cells, where each set of test reference cells may generate or otherwise provide reference voltages at least slightly offset from each other set of test reference cells. For each set of test reference cells used to read at least a subset of the NVM block, a read error rate may be calculated or otherwise determined. A set of test reference cells associated with a relatively low read error rate may be selected as the set of operating reference cells to be used in operating other cells, outside the subset of cells, in the NVM block or array.
U.S. Pat. No. 7,196,928 and U.S. patent Application Publications 2006/0221692, 2007/0103986, 2007/0109845 and 2007/0109849, whose disclosures are incorporated herein by reference, describe several processes for reading a memory cell, which take into account the programmed state of an adjacent memory cell.
Some known methods use information regarding the quality of stored data when reading the data from memory cells. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,751,766, whose disclosure is incorporated herein by reference, describes several methods for assessing the quality of data stored in a memory system, and for operating the memory system according to the assessed quality. The data quality is sometimes assessed during read operations. Subsequent use of an Error Correction Code (ECC) can utilize the quality indications to detect and reconstruct the data with improved effectiveness. Alternatively, a statistics of data quality can be constructed and digital data values can be associated in a modified manner to prevent data corruption.
Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for operating a memory, including:
storing data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC), in analog memory cells of the memory by writing respective analog input values selected from a set of nominal values to the analog memory cells;
reading the stored data by performing multiple read operations that compare analog output values of the analog memory cells to different, respective read thresholds so as to produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells, wherein at least two of the read thresholds are positioned between a pair of the nominal values that are adjacent to one another in the set of the nominal values;
computing soft metrics responsively to the multiple comparison results; and
decoding the ECC using the soft metrics, so as to extract the data stored in the analog memory cells.
In some embodiments, each of the analog memory cells stores one or more bits of the data, and each of the soft metrics corresponds to one of the bits. In an embodiment, each of at least some of the analog memory cells stores two or more bits of the data, reading the data includes, for each of the at least some of the analog memory cells, reading the two or more data bits in respective two or more decoding stages, and computing the soft metrics includes modifying a soft metric of a first bit read in a first decoding stage responsively to a value of a second bit read in a second decoding stage that precedes the first decoding stage. Modifying the soft metric may include conditionally inverting the soft metric of the first bit depending on the value of the second bit.
In another embodiment, the method includes making an initial attempt to decode the ECC using an initial set of the read thresholds, such that no more than one of the read thresholds in the initial set is positioned between each pair of the nominal values that are adjacent to one another, and comparing the analog output values to the multiple read thresholds upon a failure of the initial attempt.
In yet another embodiment, each comparison result has one of first and second possible values, and computing the soft metrics includes determining respective first and second counts of the comparison results having the first and second possible values, and computing the soft metrics based on the first and second counts.
In still another embodiment, the method further includes, upon failing to decode the ECC, adding one or more additional read thresholds to the multiple read thresholds, re-computing the soft metrics responsively to the additional read thresholds, and decoding the ECC using the re-computed soft metrics. Adding the additional threshold may include progressively increasing a number of the read thresholds until a predetermined condition is met.
In a disclosed embodiment, reading the data from a first group of the analog memory cells further includes estimating interference caused to the first group by a second group of the analog memory cells and canceling the estimated interference. Canceling the estimated interference may include modifying the soft metrics associated with the first group responsively to the estimated interference. In some embodiment, the method includes, upon failing to decode the ECC in the first group, selecting whether to perform one of:
re-reading the data in the second group, so as to re-estimate and cancel the interference;
re-estimating the interference by reading the data in a third group of the memory cells; and
adding one or more additional read thresholds and re-reading the data in the first group using the additional read thresholds.
In an embodiment, computing the soft metrics includes normalizing the soft metrics so as not to depend on a number of the read thresholds. Performing the multiple read operations may include positioning the multiple read thresholds at non-uniform intervals with respect to one another.
There is additionally provided, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, a data storage apparatus, including:
an interface, which is operative to communicate with a memory that includes a plurality of analog memory cells; and
a memory signal processor (MSP), which is connected to the interface and is coupled to store data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC), in the analog memory cells by writing respective input analog values selected from a set of nominal values to the analog memory cells, to read the stored data by performing multiple read operations that compare analog output values of the analog memory cells to different, respective read thresholds so as to produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells, wherein at least two of the read thresholds are positioned between a pair of the nominal values that are adjacent to one another in the set of the nominal values, to compute soft metrics responsively to the multiple comparison results, and to decode the ECC using the soft metrics, so as to extract the data stored in the analog memory cells.
There is also provided, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, a data storage apparatus, including:
a memory device, including:
a plurality of analog memory cells, which are configured to store data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC) and written to the analog memory cells as respective analog input values selected from a set of nominal values; and
reading circuitry, which is coupled to read the stored data by performing multiple read operations that compare output analog values of the analog memory cells to different, respective read thresholds so as to produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells, wherein at least two of the read thresholds are positioned between a pair of the nominal values that are adjacent to one another in the set of the nominal values, to compute soft metrics responsively to the multiple comparison results, and to output the computed soft metrics; and
a Memory Signal Processor (MSP) device, which is connected to the memory device and is coupled to accept the soft metrics computed by the reading circuitry, and to decode the ECC using the soft metrics.
There is further provided, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, a method for operating a memory, including:
storing data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC), in analog memory cells of the memory by writing respective analog input values to the analog memory cells;
reading the stored data by comparing analog output values of the analog memory cells to a set of read thresholds, so as to produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells;
computing soft metrics responsively to the multiple comparison results;
decoding the ECC using the soft metrics, so as to extract the data stored in the analog memory cells; and
upon a failure to successfully extract the data, extending the set of the read thresholds by adding one or more new read thresholds to the set, updating the multiple comparison results based on the extended set of the read thresholds, re-computing the soft metrics and re-decoding the ECC, so as to extract the data.
In an embodiment, extending the set of the read thresholds includes selecting the one or more new read thresholds responsively to the output analog values of the analog memory cells. Selecting the one or more new read thresholds may include determining at least one property selected from a group of properties consisting of a number of the new read thresholds and values of the new read thresholds.
The present invention will be more fully understood from the following detailed description of the embodiments thereof, taken together with the drawings in which:
Embodiments of the present invention provide improved methods and systems for reading data from analog memory cells, such as Flash memory cells. In some embodiments that are described hereinbelow, a Memory Signal Processor (MSP) stores data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC), in an array of analog memory cells. The MSP stores the encoded data by writing respective analog values to the analog memory cells. The analog values are selected from a set of nominal analog values, which represent the data.
The MSP reads the data from the analog memory cells by performing multiple read operations, which compare the analog values written to the cells to multiple read thresholds. The read thresholds are set so that at least two of them are positioned between a pair of adjacent nominal analog values. The multiple threshold comparisons produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells. The MSP computes soft metrics based on the multiple comparison results. The soft metrics provide quantitative measures of the levels of confidence or certainty that are associated with the values read from the memory cells, or of individual bits within the memory cells. The MSP decodes the ECC using the soft metrics. In some embodiments, the MSP increases the number of read thresholds in an iterative manner, until successful decoding is achieved.
Some known reading methods differentiate between adjacent memory states using a single threshold at any given time. Unlike these known methods, the methods and systems described herein perform multiple read operations using multiple thresholds, which are positioned between adjacent memory states. Typically, multiple thresholds are positioned in boundary regions between adjacent nominal values, so that the multiple comparison results convey valuable information regarding the statistical distribution of the analog values in these regions. As a result, the soft metrics, which are based on this information, enable the ECC decoding process to correct a higher number of read errors and to provide an improved overall error probability.
Some known reading methods modify the threshold values in order to improve decoding performance. Unlike these known methods, the methods and systems described herein do not adapt the threshold values, but rather add new thresholds to the existing set, and improve the decoding performance by refining the accuracy of the soft metrics.
The improved decoding performance achieved by the disclosed methods and systems enables improving the data storage reliability, storage density and retention time of memory devices, and enables lowering the memory device cost and complexity for a given performance level.
Data for storage in memory device 24 is provided to the device and cached in data buffers 36. The data is then converted to analog voltages and written into memory cells 32 using a reading/writing (R/W) unit 40, whose functionality is described in greater detail below. When reading data out of array 28, R/W unit 40 converts the electrical charge, and thus the analog voltages of memory cells 32, into digital samples having a resolution of one or more bits. The samples are cached in buffers 36. The operation and timing of memory device 24 is managed by control logic 48.
The storage and retrieval of data in and out of memory device 24 is performed by a Memory Signal Processor (MSP) 52. MSP 52 comprises a signal processing unit 60, which processes the data that is written into and read from device 24. Unit 60 encodes the data to be written into the memory cells using an Error Correction Code (ECC), and decodes the ECC of the retrieved data.
In particular, MSP 52 reads data out of memory cells 32 by comparing the values read from the cells to multiple read thresholds. The ECC decoding scheme used by unit 60 operates on soft metrics, which are computed based on the multiple threshold comparisons. Exemplary methods for reading data and for computing soft metrics are described in detail below.
Many known ECC decoding schemes can accept soft metrics of the encoded bits or symbols as input. For example, unit 60 may use a block code such as the Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocquenghem (BCH) code, Low-Density Parity Check (LDPC) code or Reed-Solomon (RS) code, a trellis code, a turbo-code, or any other suitable ECC and decoding scheme, which is able to operate on soft metrics. The methods and systems described herein are not limited to block codes and can be used with convolutional codes, as well.
The configuration of FIG. 1 is an exemplary system configuration, which is shown purely for the sake of conceptual clarity. Any other suitable configuration can also be used. Elements that are not necessary for understanding the principles of the present invention, such as various interfaces, addressing circuits, timing and sequencing circuits and debugging circuits, have been omitted from the figure for clarity.
In the exemplary system configuration shown in FIG. 1 , memory device 24 and MSP 52 are implemented as two separate Integrated Circuits (ICs). In alternative embodiments, however, the memory device and MSP may be integrated on separate semiconductor dies in a single Multi-Chip Package (MCP) or System on Chip (SoC). Further alternatively, some or all of the MSP circuitry may reside on the same die on which memory array 28 is disposed. An exemplary configuration of this sort is described in FIG. 11 below. Further alternatively, some or all of the functionality of MSP 52 can be implemented in software and carried out by a processor or other element of the host system. In some implementations, a single MSP 52 may be connected to multiple memory devices 24. Additional architectural aspects of certain embodiments of system 20 are described in greater detail in U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/867,399, cited above.
In a typical writing operation, data to be written into memory device 24 is accepted from the host and cached in I/O buffer 56. The data is transferred, via data buffers 72, to memory device 24. The data may be pre-processed by MSP 52 before it is transferred to the memory device for programming. For example, unit 60 may encode the data using an ECC, add certain data for internal use, and/or scramble the data. In device 24 the data is temporarily stored in buffers 36. R/W unit 40 converts the data to nominal analog values and writes the nominal values into the appropriate cells 32 of array 28.
In a typical reading operation, R/W unit 40 reads analog values out of the appropriate memory cells 32 and converts them to soft digital samples. The samples are cached in buffers 36 and transferred to buffers 72 of MSP 52. In some embodiments, unit 60 of MSP 52 converts the samples to data bits. As noted above, the range of possible analog values is divided into two or more regions, with each region representing a certain combination of one or more data bits.
As will be described in greater detail further below, the memory cells are read by comparing their analog values to multiple sets of read thresholds. For each cell, the MSP computes a soft metric based on the multiple comparison results. The soft metrics are then used by the MSP when decoding the ECC. The decoded data is transferred via I/O buffer 56 to the host system.
In the exemplary configuration of FIG. 2 , the gates of the transistors in each row are connected by word lines 80. The sources of the transistors in each column are connected by bit lines 84. In some embodiments, such as in some NOR cell devices, the sources are connected to the bit lines directly. In alternative embodiments, such as in some NAND cell devices, the bit lines are connected to strings of floating-gate cells.
Typically, R/W unit 40 reads the threshold voltage of a particular cell 32 by applying varying voltage levels to its gate (i.e., to the word line to which the cell is connected) and checking whether the drain current of the cell exceeds a certain threshold (i.e., whether the transistor conducts). Unit 40 usually applies a sequence of different voltage values to the word line to which the cell is connected, and determines the lowest gate voltage value for which the drain current exceeds the threshold. Typically, unit 40 reads a group of cells, referred to as a page, simultaneously. Alternatively, R/W unit may use any other technique or circuitry for reading and writing values to and from memory cells 32 of array 28.
The memory cell array is typically divided into multiple pages, i.e., groups of memory cells that are programmed and read simultaneously. In some embodiments, each page comprises an entire row of the array. In alternative embodiments, each row (word line) can be divided into two or more pages. For example, in some SLC devices each row is divided into two pages, one comprising the odd-order cells and the other comprising the even-order cells. Typically but not necessarily, a two-bit-per-cell memory device usually has four pages per row, a three-bit-per-cell memory device has six pages per row, and a four-bit-per-cell memory device has eight pages per row.
Erasing of cells is usually carried out in blocks that contain multiple pages. Typical memory devices may comprise several thousand erasure blocks. In a typical two-bit-per-cell MLC device, each erasure block is on the order of 32 word lines, each comprising several thousand cells. Each word line is often partitioned into four pages (odd/even order cells, least/most significant bit of the cells). Alternatively, other block sizes and configurations can also be used. Three-bit-per cell devices often have 192 pages per erasure block, and four-bit-per-cell devices often have 256 pages per block.
Some memory devices comprise two or more separate memory cell arrays, often referred to as planes. Since each plane has a certain “busy” period between successive write operations, data can be written alternately to the different planes in order to increase programming speed.
The analog values (e.g., threshold voltages) stored in memory cells 32 may contain various types of distortion, which are caused by different distortion mechanisms in array 28. For example, electrical cross-coupling between nearby cells in the array may modify the threshold voltage of a particular cell. As another example, electrical charge may leak from the cells over time. As a result of this aging effect, the threshold voltage of the cells may drift over time from the initially-written value. Another type of distortion, commonly referred to as disturb noise, is caused by memory access operations (e.g., read, write or erase operations) on certain cells in the array, which cause unintended charge variations in other cells. As yet another example, the source-drain current of a particular cell can be affected by the charge in adjacent cells, e.g., other cells in the same NAND cell string, via an effect referred to as Back Pattern Dependency (BPD).
The distortion in memory cells 32 degrades the performance of the memory device, e.g., the error probability when reconstructing the data, the achievable storage capacity and/or the achievable data retention period. Performance degradation is particularly severe in MLC devices, in which the differences between the different voltage levels that represent the data are relatively small.
Embodiments of the present invention provide improved methods and systems for reading data from analog memory cells 32 of array 28, by using multiple read thresholds. The methods described herein are suitable for both SLC devices (as illustrated, for example, in FIG. 3 below) and MLC devices (as illustrated, for example, in FIG. 4 below).
As can be seen in the figure, curves 90A and 90B overlap. In other words, there is a finite probability that a memory cell, which was programmed to a certain bit value, will be erroneously interpreted as being programmed to another bit value. The position of the read threshold or thresholds used to differentiate between “1” and “0” has a considerable effect on the probability of error. In some embodiments of the present invention, MSP 52 reconstructs the data stored in the memory cells by combining information, which is obtained using multiple read thresholds, in order to reduce the probability of error.
For each memory cell being read, the MSP computes a soft metric using the multiple comparison results. The soft metric indicates a confidence level or measure of certainty associated with the value read from the memory cell. In some embodiments, the soft metric indicates a likelihood that the read value corresponds to a certain data value (e.g., a very low metric value may indicate a high certainty that the read value corresponds to a “1”, a very high metric value indicates that the read value is likely to represent a “0”, and intermediate metric values indicate lower confidence). In other embodiments, the metric value indicates the reliability of the read value without indicating a particular bit value (e.g., low metric value indicates low confidence, high metric value represents high confidence).
In the context of the present patent application and in the claims, the term “soft metric” refers to any type of quantitative measure that conveys more than a single bit of information, i.e., more than two possible values. For example, the soft metric may comprise a fixed- or floating-point numerical value represented using two or more bits. Another exemplary type of soft metric, sometimes referred to as “erasure,” assigns each read memory cell one of three possible values—“0”, “1” or “uncertain.” Further alternatively, any other suitable type of soft metric can be used.
Note that when each cell stores multiple data bits, a soft metric value may be computed and assigned to each individual bit. For example, in a four-level MLC, one metric value is computed for the Least Significant Bit (LSB) and another metric value is computed for the Most Significant Bit (MSB). Detailed examples of metric computation methods for both SLC and MLC applications are described further below.
Comparison results | Metric |
T1 | T2 | T3 | | T5 | value | |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
|
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | |
|
0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |
|
0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | M4 | |
. . . | . . . | . . . | . . . | . . . | . . . | |
1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 | |
|
1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | M32 | |
The table above provides thirty-two soft metric values denoted M1 . . . M32, which correspond to the thirty-two possible combinations of five comparison results of thresholds T1 . . . T5. Following the notation of FIG. 3 , a “0” comparison result means that the read value was higher than the threshold used, and a “1” comparison result means the read value was lower than the threshold.
Typically, M1 and M32 will indicate high confidence levels, since these metric values correspond to situations in which the read operations with all five thresholds produce the same comparison results. Other combinations of comparison results will usually be assigned metrics that indicate lower confidence levels.
Some sets of comparison results may be regarded as inconsistent or self-contradictory. For example, assume T1<T2<T3<T4<T5, and that the five comparison results produced by thresholds T1 . . . T5 are denoted C1 . . . C5, respectively. The result set ‘1,1,1,0,1’ for a certain memory cell is inconsistent because it indicates that the analog value is larger than T4 and smaller than T3, even though T4>T3. Such a result set may be caused, for example, when the cell has a high level of read noise in at least one of the read operations. Result sets such as ‘1,1,1,1,0’, ‘1,1,1,0,0’, or ‘1,0,0,0,0’, on the other hand, are consistent.
The MSP may treat inconsistent sets of comparison results in different manners, by assigning them different soft metric values. For example, the MSP may regard inconsistent result sets as uncertain and mark them as erasures to the ECC decoding process. Alternatively, the MSP may disregard or otherwise attempt to resolve some inconsistencies. For example, the MSP may regard a ‘1,1,0,1,1,’ result set similarly to a ‘1,1,1,1,1’ set, assuming that the “0” comparison result of T3 was caused by read noise.
Alternatively to using tables, MSP 52 may evaluate a function that operates on the multiple comparison results and produces the corresponding soft metric value. For example, the MSP may evaluate Log Likelihood Ratios (LLRs) of individual bits in each memory cell, which are defined as
wherein Xi denotes a particular data bit stored in the memory cell in question, and r denotes the analog value read from the cell. The use of LLRs as metrics that are provided to an ECC decoding process is described, for example, in PCT Patent Application PCT/IL2007/000580, entitled “Combined Distortion Estimation and Error Correction Coding For Memory Devices,” filed May 10, 2007, whose disclosure is incorporated herein by reference.
In order to calculate the LLR, the MSP may maintain two values for each memory cell: (1) the largest read threshold that was found to be below the analog value of the cell, denoted Va, and (2) the smallest read threshold that was found to be above the analog value of the cell, denoted Vb. The LLR of the cell can be shown to be approximated by
wherein T1 denotes the center analog value of the nearest distribution that has “1” as its data bit, and T0 denotes the center value of the nearest distribution having “0” as its data bit. The distribution of r is assumed Gaussian with variance σ2.
As the memory cell is read with an increasing number of read thresholds, the MSP updates Va and Vb. At each stage, the actual analog value of the cell is known to be within the interval [Va, Vb]. As the number of thresholds increases, the interval shrinks, the uncertainty becomes smaller and the estimated LLR becomes more accurate.
Further alternatively, the MSP may use any other suitable method or mechanism for computing the soft metric values based on the multiple comparison results.
Threshold set | |
||
1 | T11, T21, T31 | ||
2 | T12, T22, T32 | ||
3 | T13, T23, T33 | ||
4 | T14, T24, T34 | ||
5 | T15, T25, T35 | ||
In some embodiments, MSP 52 reads the threshold voltage of the cell using each of the fifteen thresholds, and computes a soft metric based on the fifteen comparison results. The MSP may use any type of soft metric and any method of computing the metric value based on the multiple comparison results. The MSP uses the soft metric values as input to the ECC decoding process, as explained above.
In alternative embodiments, the memory cell is read in two stages, corresponding to the two bits stored in the cell. For example, in the configuration of FIG. 4 , the R/W unit performs a first set of comparisons using the five thresholds T21, T22, T23, T24 and T25, i.e., the thresholds located in the middle of the voltage axis, between curves 94B and 94C. The MSP computes a first soft metric based on the five comparison results obtained using these five thresholds. Note that both nominal levels located above thresholds T21 . . . T25 have an LSB value of “0” and that both nominal levels located below thresholds T21 . . . T25 have an LSB value of “1”. Therefore, the first soft metric corresponds to the LSB. Once the LSB is decoded, the R/W unit performs a second set of comparisons. The R/W unit may use thresholds T11 . . . T15 or thresholds T31 . . . T35 in the second stage, depending on the decoded value of the LSB. If the LSB was determined to be “1”, i.e., the read value was determined to be in the lower part of the voltage range, the MSB will be decoded using thresholds T11 . . . T15 in the second stage. If the LSB was decoded as “0”, the MSB will be decoded using thresholds T31 . . . T35. The MSP computes a second metric, which corresponds to the MSB, based on the five comparison results obtained in the second comparison stage.
A similar multi-stage comparison process can be carried out in multi-level cells storing a higher number of bits. For example, in eight-level (3 bit/cell) cells, the MSP and R/W unit may perform a three-stage comparison process to decode the individual bits. Apart from the first stage, the selection of the thresholds used in each stage typically depends on the decoded values of the previous bits.
In alternative multi-stage reading processes, each bit is read independently of the other bits. For example, referring to FIG. 4 , the LSB can be read using thresholds T21 . . . T25. The MSB is read by sequentially reading the cell using both thresholds T11 . . . T15 and T31 . . . T35. If the comparison results indicate that the analog value is between T11 . . . T15 and T31 . . . T35, the bit is determined to be “0”. If, on the other hand, the comparison results indicate that the analog value is larger than T31 . . . T35 or smaller than T11 . . . T15, the bit is determined to be “1”. In this example, the comparison results to thresholds T21 . . . T25, which were used for reading the LSB, are not used for reading the MSB. Similar processes may be performed for other types of MLC, such as eight-level cells storing three bits per cell.
The threshold configurations shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 above are exemplary configurations, which were chosen purely for the sake of conceptual clarity. In alternative embodiments, system 20 may use any desired number of nominal levels, any other mapping of bit values to nominal levels and any desired number of threshold sets. Although FIGS. 3 and 4 show thresholds that are spaced at regular increments, the methods and systems described herein may use irregularly-spaced thresholds, as well. In MLC devices, the threshold spacing may vary from one voltage region to another. For example, in FIG. 4 , thresholds T11 . . . T15 may be spaced differently than thresholds T21 . . . T25. Different threshold spacing may be used, for example, when different analog value distributions have different shapes or different spacing with respect to one another. The MSP may modify the threshold spacing, or otherwise select the threshold values to use, such as based on estimation of the analog value distributions.
The MSP typically repeats the process of steps 100 and 104 above over a group of memory cells, whose data forms a single ECC codeword. In a typical implementation, R/W unit 40 reads the cells of an entire page of the memory device, using a particular threshold value, simultaneously. Once the soft metrics of the cells that store a certain codeword are computed, the MSP decodes the codeword using the metrics, at a decoding step 108. The MSP extracts the decoded data, at a data extraction step 112. The decoded data is typically output to the host system.
The multiple-threshold reading methods described herein can also be viewed as an efficient means for obtaining accurate information regarding the stored analog values using a relatively small number of read operations. Theoretically, if the exact analog values stored in the memory cells were known to the MSP (e.g., by employing high-resolution analog-to-digital conversion), this information could be used to extract probability measures on the stored data. However, the basic read operation of analog memory devices, such as Flash memories, usually comprises comparison operations, which compare the analog value stored in a cell to a single threshold. In order to obtain the analog value with a given resolution, the entire possible voltage range would have to be searched or scanned with the desired resolution. For example, if the range of possible analog values is 0-4V, and the desired resolution is 10 mV, 400 read operations would be needed. In practice, however, much of the valuable statistical information can be obtained by performing a much smaller number of read operations, for example by positioning the read thresholds in a region around the midpoint between distributions. The methods and systems described herein thus provide efficient means of gaining insight to such analog value statistics using a relatively small number of read operations.
In many practical cases, performing a large number of read operations on a certain memory cell is a computationally-intensive task, which complicates and slows down the data retrieval process. Moreover, the ECC is usually strong enough to successfully decode the vast majority of codewords, even when the memory cells are read using a single set of thresholds. Therefore, in some embodiments, the MSP initially reads the memory cells using a single set of thresholds. The MSP reverts to read the memory cells that correspond to a certain codeword using the multiple-threshold methods described herein only when the ECC decoding process fails.
The methods of FIGS. 3-5 above can be applied iteratively, gradually increasing the number of thresholds used. For example, the MSP may attempt to reconstruct the data using soft metrics that are based on two sets of thresholds. If the data cannot be reconstructed (i.e., if the ECC fails), the MSP can re-read the memory cells using a third threshold set. The iterations may continue until ECC decoding succeeds, or until reaching a predetermined maximum number of threshold sets. Note that at each stage of the iterative process, the MSP computes the soft metrics based on the multiple comparison results that are available so far. In some cases, the MSP may use information, such as metric values, which was calculated in previous iterations. The iterative process enables a gradual increase in the number of computations, only as needed to carry out successful decoding.
In some embodiments, the MSP computes the soft metric value based on the number of computation results falling on either side of the thresholds. (In the description that follows, a “0” comparison result means the read value was higher than the threshold, and vice versa. This convention, however, is chosen purely for the sake of convenience, and the opposite convention can also be used.) Consider, for example, the exemplary SLC embodiment of FIG. 3 above. In this embodiment, out of the five comparison results, if the number of “0” comparison results is considerably higher than the number of “1” results, it is likely that the cell was programmed to “0”. Similarly, if the number of “1” comparison results is considerably higher than the number of “0” results, the programmed bit is likely to be “1”. Similar logic can also be used within each stage of the multi-stage comparison process that decodes the individual bits of a MLC cell, which was described in FIG. 4 above.
The method begins with the MSP defining multiple thresholds, at a threshold definition step 116. Typically but not necessarily, the thresholds are defined within the boundary region between the voltage distribution. In FIG. 3 , five thresholds are defined in the region in which curves 90A and 90B overlap. For example, assuming the mid-point between curves 90A and 90B is at 1 volt, and that the thresholds can be represented at a resolution of 20 mV, a set of thresholds can be defined to cover the voltage range of 1V±40 mV at 20 mV intervals.
The MSP reads the memory cells using the multiple thresholds, at a reading step 120. The MSP counts the number of comparison results falling on either side of the thresholds, at a counting step 124. In other words, the MSP determines the number of “0” comparison results and/or the number of “1” results out of the total number of threshold comparisons.
The MSP computes a soft metric associated with the cell (or with an individual bit within the cell) based on the count of comparison results, at a metric computation step 128. For example, assuming the five-threshold configuration of FIG. 3 above and a four-bit metric value, the MSP may compute the soft metric according to the following table:
Number of “0” | Number of “1” | |||
computation results | computation results | Soft |
||
0 | 5 | “1111” = 15 | ||
1 | 4 | “1100” = 12 | ||
2 | 3 | “1001” = 9 | ||
3 | 2 | “0110” = 6 | ||
4 | 1 | “0011” = 3 | ||
5 | 0 | “0000” = 0 | ||
In the table above, if all five computation results are “1”, the stored data bit is “1” with high likelihood, therefore the maximum metric value of “1111” is assigned. At the other extreme, if all five comparison results are “0”, the stored bit is likely to be “0”, and the minimum metric value of “0000” is assigned. If some comparison results are “0” and others are “1”, the metric value is set to an intermediate value, which grows monotonously with the number of “1” results out of the total.
Alternatively, any other suitable method for determining the soft metric value based on the count of comparison results can be used. The metric computation may be implemented by querying a table that holds the metric values and is indexed by the count of comparison results, evaluating a function that operates on the count of the comparison results, or using any other suitable mechanism.
Exemplary Hardware Implementation for MLC Metric Computation
As noted above, when computing the soft metrics of individual bits in a multi-level cell, the selection of thresholds may depend on the values of previously-decoded bits. Moreover, the values of previously-decoded bits may in some cases affect the metric value itself.
Consider, for example, the four-level cell configuration of FIG. 4 above. When reading the data out of such a cell in a two-stage process, the LSB is first decoded by determining whether the value read from the cell falls on the left- or right-hand-side of thresholds T21 . . . T25. Note that in the example of FIG. 4 , the two nominal levels located below these thresholds have an LSB value of “1”, and the two nominal levels located above the thresholds have an LSB value of “0”.
The second decoding stage (decoding of the MSB) depends on the results of the first stage. When the LSB is “0”, decoding the MSB comprises determining whether the read value is likely to belong to curve 94C or to curve 94D. When the LSB is “1”, decoding the MSB comprises determining whether the read value is likely to belong to curve 94A or to curve 94B.
Note, however, that when comparing curves 94A and 94B (i.e., when LSB=“1”), high threshold voltages correspond to MSB=“0” and low threshold voltages correspond to MSB=“1”. When comparing curves 94C and 94D (i.e., when LSB=“0”) the situation is reversed, with high threshold voltages corresponding to MSB=“1” MSB and low threshold voltages corresponding to MSB=“0”. In such a situation, the soft metric value that depends on the count of comparison results should sometimes be inverted, so as to maintain the convention that a high metric value corresponds to “0” data. The decision whether or not to invert the metric value depends on the value of the previous bit. Equivalently, the value of the currently-read bit can be inverted instead of inverting the metric value. The conditional operation of inverting a value only if a previous value is equal to “1” can be implemented by performing an eXclusive-OR (XOR) operation between the current and previous bit values.
The circuit of FIG. 7 computes soft metrics of the LSBs and MSBs of a group of four-level cells, assuming the LSBs represent a certain memory page and the MSBs represent another page. The LSB page is read first and is referred to as the previous page. The MSB page is read second and is referred to as the current page. The computation process of the metrics of the current page makes conditional inversion (XOR) operations depending on the bit values of the previous page.
The circuit comprises a XOR circuit 134, which performs a bit-wise XOR operation between a byte 130 of hard bit decisions from the current page (MSBs) and a byte 132 of previously-decoded data bits (LSBs) from the previous page. Thus, for a particular cell, when the previously-decoded LSB is “1”, the currently-read MSB is inverted. An adder 136 sums the results of the XOR operations. The adder output is accumulated as a soft metric 140 of the MSB. A vector 138 holds the accumulated metrics of the MSBs of the different cells. The same circuit can also be used to compute the soft metrics of the LSBs, which do not depend on any previous values. In order to compute the LSB soft metrics, byte 132 is filled with zeros so that the XOR operation is bypassed and byte 130 is provided to adder 136 unchanged.
The circuit of FIG. 7 refers to four-level, 2 bit/cell MLC. Similar circuits can be used, however, to compute soft metrics for other types of multi-level cells, such as eight-level, 3 bits/cell MLC.
In alternative embodiments, the soft metrics of individual bits of a multi-level cell can be calculated independently for different bits. These methods may be of particular benefit when the read data values of previous bits are not available when reading a certain bit. Referring to the 2 bit/cell example of FIG. 4 above, the soft metrics of the MSB may be computed without knowledge of the LSB. As noted above, the MSB value can be assumed to be “0” if the analog value falls between thresholds T11 . . . T15 and T31 . . . T35, and “1” otherwise. In order to compute a soft metric for such a reading process, the MSP may group the thresholds in pairs that move progressively inwards into the region in which MSB=“0”. The MSP counts the comparison results falling inside and/or outside the MSR=“0” interval using the different threshold pairs.
In the present example, the MSP forms the pairs (T14, T35), (T12, T33), (T11, T31), (T13, T32) and (T15, T34). For each pair, the MSP performs two read operations and checks whether the read value falls in the interval between the thresholds, or outside the interval. The MSP counts the number of threshold pairs in which the analog value falls between the two thresholds (indicating MSB=“0”) and/or the number of threshold pairs in which the analog value falls outside the interval between the two thresholds (indicating MSB=“1”). The MSP computes a soft metric based on the counts.
A similar method can be applied to eight-level, 3 bit/cell MLC. Assume, for example, an eight-level MLC device whose eight levels are denoted L1 . . . L8 and are mapped to the bit triplets ‘111’, ‘011’, ‘001’, ‘101’, ‘100’, ‘000’, ‘010’, ‘110’, respectively. The MSP can compute the soft metric of the MSB (leftmost bit in the triplet) of such a cell independently of the other bits by performing comparisons using four sets of multiple thresholds. Each threshold set is positioned between adjacent levels having different MSB values. In the present example, one set is positioned between levels L1 and L2, another set between L3 and L4, a third set between L5 and L6 and a fourth set between L7 and L8. The four threshold sets divide the analog value axis into five intervals denoted I1 . . . I5, such that the MSB has the same value within each interval.
Using this division, the MSP determines that the MSB is “0” if the read analog value read from the cell falls within interval I2 or I4, and “1” if the analog value falls within interval I1, I3 or I5. In order to compute the soft metric of the MSB, the MSP forms groups of four thresholds, with each group containing one threshold from each set. Moving from group to group, each threshold is moved in the direction in which the MSB value transition is from “1” to “0”. For each threshold group, the MSP performs four read operations and checks whether the read value falls in intervals corresponding to “1” or in intervals corresponding to “0”. The MSP counts the number of threshold groups in which the analog value falls in intervals that correspond to MSB=“0” and/or the number of groups in which the analog value falls in intervals that correspond to MSB=“1”. The MSP computes a soft metric based on the counts.
Typically but not necessarily, soft metrics that are based on counting comparison results of a given type assume that the read thresholds are positioned symmetrically around the midpoint between distributions.
The comparison and metric computation operations described above consume both time and computation resources, which grow with the number of thresholds. Therefore, it is sometimes advantageous to use only as many thresholds as needed to successfully reconstruct the data. In some embodiments, the MSP initially attempts to compute the soft metrics and decode the data with a relatively small number of thresholds, and increase their number only when needed.
For example, the MSP may make an initial attempt to decode the ECC using an initial set of read thresholds in which only a single threshold is positioned between each pair of adjacent nominal values (memory states). In these embodiments, the MSP reverts to multiple-threshold decoding upon failure of the initial decoding attempt.
The method begins with the MSP adding one or more additional thresholds to the set of thresholds used, and reading the group of memory cells using the added thresholds, at a threshold addition step 142.
The MSP updates the count of comparison results (i.e., the number of “0” and/or “1” results out of the total), at a count updating step 144. The updated count reflects the comparison results of the previous thresholds as well as of the newly-added thresholds. The MSP then computes the soft metrics based on the updated accumulated count of comparison results, and a metric updating step 146.
In some cases, the MSP may compute the metrics from scratch at each iteration. Alternatively, the MSP may store the metric values and/or comparison result counts from previous iterations, and update them to account for the newly-added comparison results. Generally, the soft metric computed at a given iteration may depend on the current comparison result count, on previous counts and on previous metric values.
The MSP computes soft metrics based on the accumulated count of comparison results, at a metric computation step 146. Any suitable metric computation method can be used, such as the exemplary methods described above. The MSP attempts to decode the codeword using the soft metrics, at an ECC decoding step 148. The MSP checks whether the ECC decoding was successful, at an ECC checking step 150. If successful, the MSP extracts and outputs the data, at a data extraction step 152, and the method terminates.
If, on the other hand, ECC decoding fails, the method loops back to threshold addition step 142 above. The MSP adds one or more additional thresholds to the set of thresholds, computes soft metrics based on the extended set, and attempts to decode the ECC again.
The method of FIG. 8 enables the MSP to use only as many thresholds as needed to successfully decode the ECC. When distortion is not severe, most codewords can be decoded using a small number of thresholds, enabling a high overall or average reading speed.
Alternatively to continuing the iterations until successful decoding of the ECC, the MSP may evaluate any other suitable condition, and stop the iterative process when the condition is met. For example, the MSP may continue to add thresholds until reaching a maximum number of thresholds, or a maximum number of iterations.
In some embodiments, the ECC decoding process may comprise an iterative process. Iterative decoding processes are commonly used to decode codes such as LDPC and turbo codes. In these embodiments, the iterative decoding process is provided with increasingly-improving metrics, which are based on an increasing number of read thresholds. In other words, the iterative decoding process starts decoding using metrics, which are based on a certain initial number of thresholds. Subsequent iterations of the iterative decoding process are provided with metrics that are based on an increasing number of read thresholds, until the iterative decoding process converges to a valid codeword.
Additionally or alternatively to using an ECC in the method of FIG. 8 , the MSP may use an error detection code, such as a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) or checksum. In such embodiments, the MSP iteratively adds read thresholds until the error detection code detects no errors. Thus, in the context of the present patent application and in the claims, the term “ECC” is used to address various types of error detection codes, as well. In some embodiments, the MSP may use an error detection code to determine when to stop adding new thresholds, even though the data is encoded using an ECC. This scheme may be advantageous, for example, when the ECC does not provide a reliable indication of decoding success or failure.
The MSP may use various methods and criteria for selecting how many thresholds to add at each iteration, and in which order. For example, thresholds can be added two at a time, gradually moving away from the initial threshold position in both directions. In other words, assuming the MSP initially attempts to use a threshold denoted T and that the thresholds are spaced at regular intervals of Δ, the threshold sets in the first four iterations are:
{T, T+Δ, T−Δ}
{T, T+Δ, T−Δ, T+2Δ, T−2Δ}
{T, T+Δ, T−Δ, T+2Δ, T−2Δ, T+3Δ, T−3Δ}
{T, T+A, T−Δ, T+2Δ, T−2Δ, T+3Δ, T−3Δ, T+4Δ, T−4Δ}
When computing soft metrics that depend on varying numbers of thresholds, such as in the method of FIG. 8 above, the possible range of metric values may vary with the number of thresholds used. For example, when the soft metric comprises the count of comparison results, the metric values based on three thresholds will be in the range [0 . . . 3], whereas metric values based on five thresholds will be in the range [0 . . . 5]. This effect is generally undesirable. In other words, it is generally desired to provide the ECC decoder with metrics, which use the same dynamic range for quantifying confidence or certainty, regardless of the number of threshold comparisons on which the metric is based.
In some embodiments, the MSP normalizes the soft values read from the memory cells based on the number of thresholds. For example, the MSP may apply bit extension to the values to reach a certain constant number of bits, e.g., five-bits. For example, the bit-extended value may be given by
wherein Val denotes the input soft value and N denotes the number of thresholds used to evaluate Val. Max Val denotes the maximum value of the bit-extended soft value, e.g., 31 for five-bit representation. Alternatively, the MSP may apply any other suitable data scaling mechanism.
In some embodiments, the MSP has information regarding the level of distortion or interference in the memory cells being read. Various methods can be used to estimate interference levels in memory cells. Exemplary methods are described in PCT Patent Application PCT/IL2007/000580, cited above and in PCT Patent Application PCT/IL2007/000576, entitled “Distortion Estimation and Cancellation in Memory Devices,” filed May 10, 2007, and PCT Patent Application PCT/IL2007/001059, entitled “Estimation of Non-Linear Distortion in Memory Devices,” filed Aug. 27, 2007, whose disclosures are incorporated herein by reference.
When an estimate of the interference is available to the MSP, the MSP may add the effect of the interference to the soft values, or otherwise modify the soft values based on the estimated interference, before these values are provided to the ECC decoder.
In the process of FIG. 9 , a scaling module 154 accepts the conditionally-inverted soft values read from the memory cells (e.g., the outputs of XOR circuit 134 of FIG. 7 above). Module 154 also accepts an indication of the iteration number and/or the number of thresholds that are currently used. Module 154 applies bit extension or other scaling to the input soft values. The amount of scaling depends on the input iteration number.
The scaled soft values are provided to an interference cancellation module 156, which also accepts estimates of the interference level in the respective memory cells. Module 156 subtracts or otherwise cancels out the interference estimates from the corresponding soft values, to produce soft values that are properly scaled and contain reduced levels of interference. The soft values are provided to a metric computation module 158, which computes the soft metrics and provides them to the ECC decoder.
Re-reading cells with additional thresholds and estimating the interference from neighboring memory cells are two operations that on one hand improve the reading performance, and on the other hand consume time and computational power. In some embodiments, the MSP may combine the two operations and trade-off one operation for another. For example, the MSP may determine at each iteration whether it is preferable to refine the decoding accuracy by re-reading the current page using an additional threshold, or to refine the interference estimation by reading (or re-reading) a group of interfering cells.
The method begins with the MSP reading a page of memory cells, at a reading step 160. At each cycle of the process, the MSP may select to either (1) re-read the desired page using an additional threshold, or (2) read a page of interfering cells. The MSP may apply various policies or heuristics in determining which of the two actions to take at each cycle. The MSP may read different groups of interfering cells at different cycles.
For example, the MSP may alternate between the two operations, thus adding a threshold every two cycles and estimating interference every two cycles. Alternatively, the MSP may choose which action to take based on the estimated level of the distortion. For example, if recent interference estimations indicate that the level of interference is low, the MSP may give precedence to adding threshold comparisons, and refine the interference estimation at larger intervals. Further alternatively, the decision may depend on the type of page being read. For example, even- and odd-order pages may experience different interference levels, and the MSP may apply different decision logic for different page types. Pages located on the last word line in a block may also experience different interference levels and may be treated differently. Since the interference may depend on the order in which the pages were written, different trade-offs may apply to higher- and lower-number pages within a word line.
In some cases, memory cells within the desired page may cause interference to one another. Thus, the group of interfered cells and the group of interfering cells may sometimes overlap.
Based on the updated information, the MSP subtracts the interference estimation from the read soft values, at an interference cancellation step 162, and computes the soft metrics, at a metric calculation step 164. The MSP then decodes the ECC, at a decoding step 166, and checks whether ECC decoding was successful, at a success checking step 168.
If the ECC was decoded successfully, the method terminates, at a success termination step 170, and the MSP typically extracts and outputs the data. Otherwise, the MSP checks whether the number of iterations (cycles) exceeds a predetermined maximum number, at an iteration number checking step 172. If the maximum number of iterations was exceeded, the method terminates without successfully reading the data, at an error termination step 174. Otherwise, the method loops back to reading step 160 above, and the MSP again determines whether to add another threshold or refine the interference estimation in the next cycle.
In both iterative methods of FIGS. 8 and 10 above, the MSP may select the number of new thresholds that are added at a particular iteration based on the values read from the cells or the data represented by these values. For example, when the MSP detects severe ECC failure or an exceptionally high level of interference, it may decide to add a high number of thresholds. The MSP may also determine the values (i.e., positions) of the new thresholds based on the read values or read data. For example, the values of new thresholds that are added in response to ECC failure may be different from the values of thresholds added in response to high interference.
When using the methods and systems described above, the multiple comparison results associated with the multiple thresholds are typically communicated from memory device 24 to MSP 52. The resulting communication bandwidth between the memory device and the MSP may become prohibitive, especially when using a large number of threshold sets and/or when the number of nominal levels per memory cell is high. In some practical cases, the communication bandwidth over the interface between the MSP and the memory device may become the limiting factor that determines the memory access speed of system 20. This effect becomes even more severe when a single MSP 52 is connected to multiple memory devices 24.
In alternative embodiments of the present invention, some of the re-reading functions are carried out internally to the memory device, so as to reduce the communication bandwidth between the memory device and the MSP.
Unlike the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 above, each memory device 204 comprises a threshold setting and metric calculation unit 224, also referred to as “metric calculation unit” for brevity. Unit 224 is connected to R/W unit 220 by an internal bus 228. When the memory device accepts a request to retrieve data from a group of memory cells (e.g., a page), unit 224 controls R/W unit 220 to set the appropriate threshold values and read the memory cells using the thresholds, such as using any of the methods described above. The R/W unit carries out the multiple comparison operations and sends the corresponding comparison results to unit 224. Unit 224 computes the soft metrics based on the comparison results, and sends the metric values over external bus 212 to MSP 208.
When using the configuration of FIG. 11 , the communication bandwidth between the MSP and the memory device is significantly reduced in comparison with the configuration of FIG. 1 above, since individual comparison results are not communicated to the MSP. Instead, unit 224 sends the soft metric values, typically comprising a single value for each read memory cell. The large communication bandwidth needed to communicate the multiple comparison results is confined to internal bus 228, i.e., internally to the memory device. A high bandwidth bus of this sort is considerably simpler to implement internally to the memory device than between separate devices. Moreover, the traffic over the internal bus comprises only the traffic generated by the particular memory device, regardless of the number of memory devices controlled by the MSP.
The functional partitioning between R/W unit 220 and metric calculation unit 224 is an exemplary partitioning, which is chosen purely for the sake of conceptual clarity. In alternative embodiments, the reading, threshold comparison, threshold setting and metric computation functions can be partitioned in any other way, as desired. Thus, R/W unit 220, internal bus 228 and metric calculation unit 224 are collectively regarded as a reading circuit, which reads the analog memory cell and produces soft metrics.
As noted above, the soft metric computation sometimes takes into account estimation and cancellation of the interference in the read memory cells. In some embodiments, the interference estimation and cancellation functionality can also be carried out by the reading circuit internally to memory device 204, e.g., by unit 224. In these embodiments, unit 224 sends to the MSP soft metrics, in which the interference is already taken into account. Some aspects of carrying out signal processing functions internally to the memory device are described in U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/917,653, cited above.
Although the embodiments described herein mainly address retrieving data from solid-state memory devices, the principles of the present invention can also be used for storing and retrieving data in Hard Disk Drives (HDD) and other data storage media and devices.
It will thus be appreciated that the embodiments described above are cited by way of example, and that the present invention is not limited to what has been particularly shown and described hereinabove. Rather, the scope of the present invention includes both combinations and sub-combinations of the various features described hereinabove, as well as variations and modifications thereof which would occur to persons skilled in the art upon reading the foregoing description and which are not disclosed in the prior art.
Claims (42)
1. A method for operating a memory, comprising:
storing data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC), in analog memory cells of the memory by writing to the analog memory cells respective analog input values that program the analog memory cells to a set of memory states;
reading the stored data multiple times from each analog memory cell by performing multiple read operations that compare analog output values of the analog memory cells to different, respective read thresholds so as to produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells, wherein the analog output values associated with each memory state lie in a respective analog value region, wherein analog value regions are separated by one or more boundary regions, and wherein at least two of the read thresholds are positioned in a boundary region between a pair of adjacent ones of the analog value regions;
computing soft metrics responsively to the multiple comparison results; and
decoding the ECC using the soft metrics, so as to extract the data stored in the analog memory cells;
wherein a plurality of the memory cells stores two or more bits of the data, wherein reading the data comprises, for the plurality of the memory cells, reading the two or more data bits in respective two or more decoding stages, and wherein computing the soft metrics comprises modifying a soft metric of a first bit read in a first decoding stage responsively to a value of a second bit read in a second decoding stage that precedes the first decoding stage; and
wherein modifying the soft metric comprises conditionally inverting the soft metric of the first bit depending on the value of the second bit.
2. The method according to claim 1 , wherein each of the analog memory cells stores one or more bits of the data, and wherein each of the soft metrics corresponds to one of the bits.
3. The method according to claim 2 , wherein each of at least some of the analog memory cells stores two or more bits of the data, wherein reading the data comprises, for each of the at least some of the analog memory cells, reading the two or more data bits in respective two or more decoding stages, and wherein computing the soft metrics comprises modifying a soft metric of a first bit read in a first decoding stage responsively to a value of a second bit read in a second decoding stage that precedes the first decoding stage.
4. The method according to claim 3 , wherein modifying the soft metric comprises conditionally inverting the soft metric of the first bit depending on the value of the second bit.
5. The method according to claim 1 , and comprising making an initial attempt to decode the ECC using an initial set of the read thresholds, such that no more than one of the read thresholds in the initial set is positioned in any given boundary region, and comparing the analog output values to the multiple read thresholds upon a failure of the initial attempt.
6. The method according to claim 1 , wherein each comparison result has one of first and second possible values, and wherein computing the soft metrics comprises determining respective first and second counts of the comparison results having the first and second possible values, and computing the soft metrics based on the first and second counts.
7. The method according to claim 1 , and comprising, upon failing to decode the ECC, adding one or more additional read thresholds to the multiple read thresholds, re-computing the soft metrics responsively to the additional read thresholds, and decoding the ECC using the re-computed soft metrics.
8. The method according to claim 7 , wherein adding the additional threshold comprises progressively increasing a number of the read thresholds until a predetermined condition is met.
9. The method according to claim 1 , wherein reading the data from a first group of the analog memory cells further comprises estimating interference caused to the first group by a second group of the analog memory cells and canceling the estimated interference.
10. The method according to claim 9 , wherein canceling the estimated interference comprises modifying the soft metrics associated with the first group responsively to the estimated interference.
11. The method according to claim 9 , and comprising, upon failing to decode the ECC in the first group, selecting whether to perform one of:
re-reading the data in the second group, so as to re-estimate and cancel the interference;
re-estimating the interference by reading the data in a third group of the memory cells; and
adding one or more additional read thresholds and re-reading the data in the first group using the additional read thresholds.
12. The method according to claim 1 , wherein computing the soft metrics comprises normalizing the soft metrics so as not to depend on a number of the read thresholds.
13. The method according to claim 1 , wherein performing the multiple read operations comprises positioning the multiple read thresholds at non-uniform intervals with respect to one another.
14. The method according to claim 1 , wherein the analog output values associated with each memory state are distributed in a respective statistical distribution, and wherein reading the stored data comprises positioning the at least two of the read thresholds about a midpoint between respective statistical distributions of the analog output values associated with the memory states represented by the adjacent analog value regions.
15. The method according to claim 1 , wherein two or more of the comparison results for a given analog memory cell are inconsistent with one another.
16. A data storage apparatus, comprising:
an interface, which is operative to communicate with a memory that includes a plurality of analog memory cells; and
a memory signal processor (MSP), which is connected to the interface and is coupled configured to store data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC), in the analog memory cells by writing respective input analog values that program the analog memory cells to a set of memory states, to read the stored data multiple times from each analog memory cell by performing multiple read operations that compare analog output values of the analog memory cells to different, respective read thresholds so as to produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells, wherein the analog output values associated with each memory state lie in a respective analog value region, wherein analog value regions are separated by one or more boundary regions, and wherein at least two of the read thresholds are positioned in a boundary region between a pair of adjacent ones of the analog value regions, to compute soft metrics responsively to the multiple comparison results, and to decode the ECC using the soft metrics, so as to extract the data stored in the analog memory cells;
wherein a plurality of the memory cells stores two or more bits of the data;
wherein the MSP is further configured to:
read the two or more data bits in respective two or more decoding stages, and
modify a soft metric of a first bit read in a first decoding stage dependent upon a value of a second bit read in a second decoding stage that precedes the first decoding stage; and
wherein to modify the soft metric, the MSP is further configured to conditionally invert the soft metric of the first bit depending on the value of the second bit.
17. The apparatus according to claim 16 , wherein each of the analog memory cells stores one or more bits of the data, and wherein each of the soft metrics corresponds to one of the bits.
18. The apparatus according to claim 17 , wherein each of at least some of the analog memory cells stores two or more bits of the data, and wherein the MSP is coupled to read the two or more data bits in respective two or more decoding stages, and to modify a soft metric of a first bit read in a first decoding stage responsively to a value of a second bit read in a second decoding stage that precedes the first decoding stage.
19. The apparatus according to claim 18 , wherein the MSP is coupled to conditionally invert the soft metric of the first bit depending on the value of the second bit.
20. The apparatus according to claim 16 , wherein the MSP is coupled configured to make an initial attempt to decode the ECC using an initial set of the read thresholds, such that no more than one of the read thresholds in the initial set is positioned in any given boundary region, and to compare the analog output values to the multiple read thresholds upon failure of the initial attempt.
21. The apparatus according to claim 16 , wherein each comparison result has one of first and second possible values, and wherein the MSP is coupled configured to determine respective first and second counts of the comparison results having the first and second possible values, and to compute the soft metrics based on the first and second counts.
22. The apparatus according to claim 16 , wherein, upon failing to decode the ECC, the MSP is coupled configured to add one or more additional read thresholds to the multiple read thresholds, to recompute the soft metrics responsively to the additional read thresholds and to decode the ECC using the recomputed soft metrics.
23. The apparatus according to claim 22 , wherein the MSP is coupled configured to progressively increase a number of the read thresholds until a predetermined condition is met.
24. The apparatus according to claim 16 , wherein the MSP is coupled configured to estimate interference caused to a first group of the analog memory cells by a second group of the analog memory cells, and to cancel the estimated interference.
25. The apparatus according to claim 24 , wherein the MSP is coupled configured to modify the soft metrics associated with the first group responsively to the estimated interference.
26. The apparatus according to claim 24 , wherein, upon failing to decode the ECC in the first group, the MSP is coupled configured to select whether to perform one of:
re-reading the data in the second group, so as to re-estimate and cancel the interference;
re-estimating the interference by reading the data in a third group of the memory cells; and
adding one or more additional read thresholds and re-reading the data in the first group using the additional read thresholds.
27. The apparatus according to claim 16 , wherein the MSP is coupled configured to normalize the soft metrics so as not to depend on a number of read thresholds.
28. The apparatus according to claim 16 , wherein the MSP is coupled configured to position the multiple read thresholds at non-uniform intervals with respect to one another.
29. The apparatus according to claim 16 , wherein the analog output values associated with each memory state are distributed in a respective statistical distribution, and wherein the MSP is coupled configured to position the at least two of the read thresholds about a midpoint between respective statistical distributions of the analog output values associated with the memory states represented by the adjacent analog value regions.
30. The apparatus according to claim 16 , wherein two or more of the comparison results for a given analog memory cell are inconsistent with one another.
31. A data storage apparatus, comprising:
a memory device, comprising:
a plurality of analog memory cells, which are configured to store data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC) and written to the analog memory cells as respective analog input values that program the analog memory cells to a set of memory states; and
reading circuitry, which is coupled to read the stored data multiple times from each analog memory cell by performing multiple read operations that compare output analog values of the analog memory cells to different, respective read thresholds so as to produce multiple comparison results for each of the analog memory cells, wherein the analog output values associated with each memory state lie in a respective analog value region, wherein analog value regions are separated by one or more boundary regions, and wherein at least two of the read thresholds are positioned in a boundary region between a pair of adjacent ones of the analog value regions, to compute soft metrics responsively to the multiple comparison results, and to output the computed soft metrics; and
a Memory Signal Processor (MSP) device, which is connected to the memory device and is coupled to accept the soft metrics computed by the reading circuitry, and to decode the ECC using the soft metrics.
32. A method for operating a memory, comprising:
storing data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC), in a group of analog memory cells of the memory by writing to the analog memory cells in the group respective analog input values;
reading the data from the analog memory cells in the group by comparing analog output values of the analog memory cells in the group to one or more read thresholds, and applying ECC decoding to the read data; and
upon a failure of the ECC decoding, canceling interference caused to the analog memory cells in the group by at least one other analog memory cell, and re-decoding the ECC.
33. A data storage apparatus, comprising:
an interface, which is operative to communicate with a memory that includes a plurality of analog memory cells; and
a memory signal processor (MSP), which is connected to the interface and is coupled to store data, which is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC), in a group of analog memory cells of the memory by writing to the analog memory cells in the group respective analog input values, to read the data from the analog memory cells in the group by comparing analog output values of the analog memory cells in the group to one or more read thresholds, and applying ECC decoding to the read data, and, upon a failure of the ECC decoding, to cancel interference caused to the analog memory cells in the group by at least one other analog memory cell, and to re-decode the ECC.
34. A method for reading a memory cell of a non-volatile memory, comprising:
performing a first read operation of a memory cell dependent upon a first read threshold, wherein data stored in the memory cell is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC);
performing a second read operation of the memory cell dependent upon a second read threshold, wherein the first read threshold and the second read threshold are positioned in a boundary region relative to two possible memory states; and
determining a soft metric using the results of the first read operation and the second read operation;
modifying the soft metric by conditionally inverting the soft metric depending on a value of a data bit read from another memory cell; and
decoding the ECC using the soft metric to extract the data from the memory cell.
35. The method of claim 34, wherein the boundary region comprises an area of overlap between distributions of two memory states.
36. The method of claim 34, further comprising performing an initial read operation of the non-volatile memory cell dependent upon an initial read threshold prior to the first and second read operations.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein the first read operation and the second read operation are performed responsive to a failure of an error correction process dependent upon results of the initial read operation.
38. The method of claim 36, wherein the first read threshold is less than the initial read threshold, and wherein the second threshold is greater than the initial read threshold.
39. The method of claim 34, further comprising determining an interference caused to the memory cell by at least one other memory cell and compensating for the interference.
40. A method for operating a non-volatile memory, wherein the non-volatile memory includes a plurality of memory cells, the method, comprising:
performing a first read on a first group of the plurality of memory cells dependent upon a first read threshold, wherein data stored in the first group of the plurality of memory cells is encoded with an Error Correction Code (ECC);
performing a second read on the first group of the plurality of memory cells dependent upon a second read threshold;
determining at least one soft metric dependent upon results of the first read operation and the second read operation;
decoding the ECC using the at least one soft metric;
responsive to a failure to decode the ECC, performing a third read on the first group of the plurality of memory cells dependent upon a third read threshold;
updating at least one soft metric dependent upon a result of the third read;
wherein a of the plurality memory cells stores two or more bits of the data;
wherein performing the first read on the first group includes reading the two or more data bits of a memory cell in the first group in respective two or more decoding stages;
wherein determining the soft metric includes modifying a soft metric of a first bit read in a first decoding stage dependent upon a value of a second bit read in a second decoding stage that precedes the first decoding stage; and
wherein modifying the at least one soft metric includes conditionally inverting the soft metric of the first bit dependent upon the value of the second bit.
41. The method of claim 40, wherein updating the at least one soft metric comprises determining a new soft metric dependent upon the results of the first read operation and the second read operation, and results of the third read operation.
42. The method of claim 40, wherein the ECC comprises a low-density parity-check (LDPC) code.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/226,413 USRE46346E1 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2014-03-26 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
Applications Claiming Priority (13)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US86350606P | 2006-10-30 | 2006-10-30 | |
US86739906P | 2006-11-28 | 2006-11-28 | |
US88882807P | 2007-02-08 | 2007-02-08 | |
US88927707P | 2007-02-11 | 2007-02-11 | |
US89286907P | 2007-03-04 | 2007-03-04 | |
US89445607P | 2007-03-13 | 2007-03-13 | |
US91765307P | 2007-05-12 | 2007-05-12 | |
US95088407P | 2007-07-20 | 2007-07-20 | |
US95121507P | 2007-07-22 | 2007-07-22 | |
PCT/IL2007/001315 WO2008053472A2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2007-10-30 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
US11/995,814 US7975192B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2007-10-30 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
US13/114,049 US8145984B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2011-05-24 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
US14/226,413 USRE46346E1 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2014-03-26 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/114,049 Reissue US8145984B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2011-05-24 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
USRE46346E1 true USRE46346E1 (en) | 2017-03-21 |
Family
ID=39344692
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/995,814 Active 2029-10-26 US7975192B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2007-10-30 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
US13/114,049 Ceased US8145984B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2011-05-24 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
US14/226,413 Active USRE46346E1 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2014-03-26 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/995,814 Active 2029-10-26 US7975192B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2007-10-30 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
US13/114,049 Ceased US8145984B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2011-05-24 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US7975192B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2008053472A2 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10908986B2 (en) | 2018-04-02 | 2021-02-02 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Multi-level recovery reads for memory |
US11007010B2 (en) | 2019-09-12 | 2021-05-18 | Relevant Medsysterns, Inc. | Curved bone access systems |
US11120882B2 (en) | 2018-08-24 | 2021-09-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Error recovery of data in non-volatile memory during read |
Families Citing this family (283)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7954037B2 (en) * | 2005-10-25 | 2011-05-31 | Sandisk Il Ltd | Method for recovering from errors in flash memory |
WO2007132453A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Distortion estimation and cancellation in memory devices |
WO2007132456A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with adaptive capacity |
WO2007132457A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Combined distortion estimation and error correction coding for memory devices |
WO2007132452A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies | Reducing programming error in memory devices |
US8060806B2 (en) | 2006-08-27 | 2011-11-15 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Estimation of non-linear distortion in memory devices |
CN101601094B (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2013-03-27 | 苹果公司 | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
US7975192B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2011-07-05 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
US7924648B2 (en) | 2006-11-28 | 2011-04-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory power and performance management |
US7706182B2 (en) | 2006-12-03 | 2010-04-27 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Adaptive programming of analog memory cells using statistical characteristics |
WO2008068747A2 (en) | 2006-12-03 | 2008-06-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Automatic defect management in memory devices |
US7900102B2 (en) | 2006-12-17 | 2011-03-01 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | High-speed programming of memory devices |
US7751240B2 (en) | 2007-01-24 | 2010-07-06 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with negative thresholds |
US8151166B2 (en) | 2007-01-24 | 2012-04-03 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Reduction of back pattern dependency effects in memory devices |
KR100888695B1 (en) | 2007-02-27 | 2009-03-16 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Flash memory device performing oversampling read operation and its data reading method |
CN101715595A (en) | 2007-03-12 | 2010-05-26 | 爱诺彼得技术有限责任公司 | Adaptive estimation of memory cell read thresholds |
US8001320B2 (en) | 2007-04-22 | 2011-08-16 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Command interface for memory devices |
WO2008139441A2 (en) | 2007-05-12 | 2008-11-20 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with internal signal processing unit |
US7925936B1 (en) | 2007-07-13 | 2011-04-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with non-uniform programming levels |
US8174905B2 (en) | 2007-09-19 | 2012-05-08 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Programming orders for reducing distortion in arrays of multi-level analog memory cells |
US8365040B2 (en) | 2007-09-20 | 2013-01-29 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for handling immediate data errors in flash memory |
US7773413B2 (en) | 2007-10-08 | 2010-08-10 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Reliable data storage in analog memory cells in the presence of temperature variations |
US8000141B1 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2011-08-16 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Compensation for voltage drifts in analog memory cells |
US8527819B2 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2013-09-03 | Apple Inc. | Data storage in analog memory cell arrays having erase failures |
US8694715B2 (en) | 2007-10-22 | 2014-04-08 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Methods for adaptively programming flash memory devices and flash memory systems incorporating same |
WO2009063450A2 (en) | 2007-11-13 | 2009-05-22 | Anobit Technologies | Optimized selection of memory units in multi-unit memory devices |
JP4460616B2 (en) * | 2007-11-16 | 2010-05-12 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Cell selection method and mobile station |
US8225181B2 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2012-07-17 | Apple Inc. | Efficient re-read operations from memory devices |
US8751726B2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2014-06-10 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | System and methods employing mock thresholds to generate actual reading thresholds in flash memory devices |
US8209588B2 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2012-06-26 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Efficient interference cancellation in analog memory cell arrays |
WO2009074978A2 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2009-06-18 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for error correction and decoding on multi-level physical media |
US8456905B2 (en) | 2007-12-16 | 2013-06-04 | Apple Inc. | Efficient data storage in multi-plane memory devices |
US8085586B2 (en) | 2007-12-27 | 2011-12-27 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Wear level estimation in analog memory cells |
US8255758B2 (en) | 2008-01-21 | 2012-08-28 | Apple Inc. | Decoding of error correction code using partial bit inversion |
US8156398B2 (en) | 2008-02-05 | 2012-04-10 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Parameter estimation based on error correction code parity check equations |
US7924587B2 (en) | 2008-02-21 | 2011-04-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Programming of analog memory cells using a single programming pulse per state transition |
US7864573B2 (en) | 2008-02-24 | 2011-01-04 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Programming analog memory cells for reduced variance after retention |
US8230300B2 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2012-07-24 | Apple Inc. | Efficient readout from analog memory cells using data compression |
US8400858B2 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2013-03-19 | Apple Inc. | Memory device with reduced sense time readout |
US8493783B2 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2013-07-23 | Apple Inc. | Memory device readout using multiple sense times |
US8059457B2 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2011-11-15 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with multiple-accuracy read commands |
US8972472B2 (en) | 2008-03-25 | 2015-03-03 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Apparatus and methods for hardware-efficient unbiased rounding |
US8327242B1 (en) | 2008-04-10 | 2012-12-04 | Apple Inc. | High-performance ECC decoder |
US8386868B2 (en) | 2008-04-16 | 2013-02-26 | Sandisk Il, Ltd. | Using programming-time information to support error correction |
US8719670B1 (en) * | 2008-05-07 | 2014-05-06 | Sk Hynix Memory Solutions Inc. | Coding architecture for multi-level NAND flash memory with stuck cells |
US8321757B2 (en) | 2008-06-22 | 2012-11-27 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Method and apparatus for error correction |
ATE539403T1 (en) | 2008-06-24 | 2012-01-15 | Sandisk Il Ltd | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ERROR CORRECTION AFTER THE ERASE NUMBER OF A SOLID STATE MEMORY |
US8458536B2 (en) * | 2008-07-17 | 2013-06-04 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Data recovery in solid state memory devices |
US7924613B1 (en) | 2008-08-05 | 2011-04-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Data storage in analog memory cells with protection against programming interruption |
US7995388B1 (en) | 2008-08-05 | 2011-08-09 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Data storage using modified voltages |
US8169825B1 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2012-05-01 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Reliable data storage in analog memory cells subjected to long retention periods |
US8949684B1 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2015-02-03 | Apple Inc. | Segmented data storage |
US8482978B1 (en) | 2008-09-14 | 2013-07-09 | Apple Inc. | Estimation of memory cell read thresholds by sampling inside programming level distribution intervals |
US8000135B1 (en) | 2008-09-14 | 2011-08-16 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Estimation of memory cell read thresholds by sampling inside programming level distribution intervals |
TWI581269B (en) * | 2008-09-30 | 2017-05-01 | Lsi公司 | Methods and apparatus for soft data generation for memory devices using decoder performance feedback |
US8239734B1 (en) | 2008-10-15 | 2012-08-07 | Apple Inc. | Efficient data storage in storage device arrays |
US8713330B1 (en) | 2008-10-30 | 2014-04-29 | Apple Inc. | Data scrambling in memory devices |
US8208304B2 (en) | 2008-11-16 | 2012-06-26 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Storage at M bits/cell density in N bits/cell analog memory cell devices, M>N |
US8174857B1 (en) | 2008-12-31 | 2012-05-08 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Efficient readout schemes for analog memory cell devices using multiple read threshold sets |
US8248831B2 (en) | 2008-12-31 | 2012-08-21 | Apple Inc. | Rejuvenation of analog memory cells |
US8924661B1 (en) | 2009-01-18 | 2014-12-30 | Apple Inc. | Memory system including a controller and processors associated with memory devices |
US8023345B2 (en) | 2009-02-24 | 2011-09-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Iteratively writing contents to memory locations using a statistical model |
US7929338B2 (en) | 2009-02-24 | 2011-04-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Memory reading method for resistance drift mitigation |
US8228701B2 (en) | 2009-03-01 | 2012-07-24 | Apple Inc. | Selective activation of programming schemes in analog memory cell arrays |
US8261158B2 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2012-09-04 | Fusion-Io, Inc. | Apparatus, system, and method for using multi-level cell solid-state storage as single level cell solid-state storage |
US8266503B2 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2012-09-11 | Fusion-Io | Apparatus, system, and method for using multi-level cell storage in a single-level cell mode |
US8832354B2 (en) | 2009-03-25 | 2014-09-09 | Apple Inc. | Use of host system resources by memory controller |
US8429498B1 (en) | 2009-03-25 | 2013-04-23 | Apple Inc. | Dual ECC decoder |
US8259506B1 (en) | 2009-03-25 | 2012-09-04 | Apple Inc. | Database of memory read thresholds |
US8819385B2 (en) | 2009-04-06 | 2014-08-26 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Device and method for managing a flash memory |
US8458574B2 (en) | 2009-04-06 | 2013-06-04 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Compact chien-search based decoding apparatus and method |
US8238157B1 (en) | 2009-04-12 | 2012-08-07 | Apple Inc. | Selective re-programming of analog memory cells |
US8453038B2 (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2013-05-28 | Apple Inc. | Chien search using multiple basis representation |
US8479080B1 (en) | 2009-07-12 | 2013-07-02 | Apple Inc. | Adaptive over-provisioning in memory systems |
US8601352B1 (en) | 2009-07-30 | 2013-12-03 | Apple Inc. | Efficient LDPC codes |
US20110035540A1 (en) * | 2009-08-10 | 2011-02-10 | Adtron, Inc. | Flash blade system architecture and method |
US8995197B1 (en) | 2009-08-26 | 2015-03-31 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | System and methods for dynamic erase and program control for flash memory device memories |
US9330767B1 (en) | 2009-08-26 | 2016-05-03 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Flash memory module and method for programming a page of flash memory cells |
KR101678909B1 (en) * | 2009-09-17 | 2016-11-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Flash memory system and erase refresh methods for the same |
US8386739B2 (en) * | 2009-09-28 | 2013-02-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Writing to memory using shared address buses |
US8495465B1 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2013-07-23 | Apple Inc. | Error correction coding over multiple memory pages |
US8730729B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2014-05-20 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for averaging error rates in non-volatile devices and storage systems |
US8392809B1 (en) | 2009-10-16 | 2013-03-05 | Marvell International Ltd. | Log-likelihood-ratio (LLR) table calibration |
US8724387B2 (en) | 2009-10-22 | 2014-05-13 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Method, system, and computer readable medium for reading and programming flash memory cells using multiple bias voltages |
TWI446350B (en) * | 2009-12-08 | 2014-07-21 | Silicon Motion Inc | Method for reducing uncorrectable errors, and associated memory device and controller thereof |
US8677054B1 (en) | 2009-12-16 | 2014-03-18 | Apple Inc. | Memory management schemes for non-volatile memory devices |
US9037777B2 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2015-05-19 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Device, system, and method for reducing program/read disturb in flash arrays |
US8607124B2 (en) * | 2009-12-24 | 2013-12-10 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | System and method for setting a flash memory cell read threshold |
US8694814B1 (en) | 2010-01-10 | 2014-04-08 | Apple Inc. | Reuse of host hibernation storage space by memory controller |
US8572311B1 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2013-10-29 | Apple Inc. | Redundant data storage in multi-die memory systems |
US8315092B2 (en) | 2010-01-27 | 2012-11-20 | Fusion-Io, Inc. | Apparatus, system, and method for determining a read voltage threshold for solid-state storage media |
US8661184B2 (en) | 2010-01-27 | 2014-02-25 | Fusion-Io, Inc. | Managing non-volatile media |
US8380915B2 (en) | 2010-01-27 | 2013-02-19 | Fusion-Io, Inc. | Apparatus, system, and method for managing solid-state storage media |
US8854882B2 (en) | 2010-01-27 | 2014-10-07 | Intelligent Intellectual Property Holdings 2 Llc | Configuring storage cells |
KR20120137354A (en) | 2010-01-28 | 2012-12-20 | 샌디스크 아이엘 엘티디 | Sliding-window error correction |
KR101618311B1 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2016-05-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Flash memory device and reading method thereof |
KR101710663B1 (en) * | 2010-03-02 | 2017-02-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Memory system and operating method thereof |
KR101466555B1 (en) * | 2010-03-12 | 2014-12-02 | 엘에스아이 코포레이션 | Ldpc erasure decoding for flash memories |
US9245653B2 (en) | 2010-03-15 | 2016-01-26 | Intelligent Intellectual Property Holdings 2 Llc | Reduced level cell mode for non-volatile memory |
KR101635506B1 (en) | 2010-03-29 | 2016-07-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Data storage system and read method thereof |
US8463985B2 (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2013-06-11 | International Business Machines Corporation | Constrained coding to reduce floating gate coupling in non-volatile memories |
US8745317B2 (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2014-06-03 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | System and method for storing information in a multi-level cell memory |
US8576625B1 (en) | 2010-04-20 | 2013-11-05 | Marvell International Ltd. | Decoder parameter estimation using multiple memory reads |
US8339873B1 (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2012-12-25 | Bruce Lee Morton | Memory device and method thereof |
US9099169B1 (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2015-08-04 | Tagmatech, Llc | Memory device and method thereof |
US8694853B1 (en) | 2010-05-04 | 2014-04-08 | Apple Inc. | Read commands for reading interfering memory cells |
US8572423B1 (en) | 2010-06-22 | 2013-10-29 | Apple Inc. | Reducing peak current in memory systems |
US8468431B2 (en) | 2010-07-01 | 2013-06-18 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | System and method for multi-dimensional encoding and decoding |
US8595591B1 (en) * | 2010-07-11 | 2013-11-26 | Apple Inc. | Interference-aware assignment of programming levels in analog memory cells |
US9104580B1 (en) | 2010-07-27 | 2015-08-11 | Apple Inc. | Cache memory for hybrid disk drives |
US8645794B1 (en) | 2010-07-31 | 2014-02-04 | Apple Inc. | Data storage in analog memory cells using a non-integer number of bits per cell |
US8856475B1 (en) | 2010-08-01 | 2014-10-07 | Apple Inc. | Efficient selection of memory blocks for compaction |
US8493781B1 (en) | 2010-08-12 | 2013-07-23 | Apple Inc. | Interference mitigation using individual word line erasure operations |
US8694854B1 (en) | 2010-08-17 | 2014-04-08 | Apple Inc. | Read threshold setting based on soft readout statistics |
US8964464B2 (en) | 2010-08-24 | 2015-02-24 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | System and method for accelerated sampling |
US8243511B2 (en) | 2010-09-27 | 2012-08-14 | Seagate Technology Llc | Reuse of information from memory read operations |
US9021181B1 (en) | 2010-09-27 | 2015-04-28 | Apple Inc. | Memory management for unifying memory cell conditions by using maximum time intervals |
US8627175B2 (en) | 2010-09-27 | 2014-01-07 | Seagate Technology Llc | Opportunistic decoding in memory systems |
US9063878B2 (en) | 2010-11-03 | 2015-06-23 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Method, system and computer readable medium for copy back |
US8850100B2 (en) | 2010-12-07 | 2014-09-30 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Interleaving codeword portions between multiple planes and/or dies of a flash memory device |
US8427875B2 (en) | 2010-12-07 | 2013-04-23 | Silicon Motion Inc. | Method and memory controller for reading data stored in flash memory by referring to binary digit distribution characteristics of bit sequences read from flash memory |
JP2012123600A (en) | 2010-12-08 | 2012-06-28 | Toshiba Corp | Memory system and memory controller |
US9292377B2 (en) | 2011-01-04 | 2016-03-22 | Seagate Technology Llc | Detection and decoding in flash memories using correlation of neighboring bits and probability based reliability values |
US9898361B2 (en) | 2011-01-04 | 2018-02-20 | Seagate Technology Llc | Multi-tier detection and decoding in flash memories |
US8358542B2 (en) * | 2011-01-14 | 2013-01-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Methods, devices, and systems for adjusting sensing voltages in devices |
US8909851B2 (en) | 2011-02-08 | 2014-12-09 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Storage control system with change logging mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US8665650B2 (en) | 2011-02-18 | 2014-03-04 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Reliability metrics management for soft decoding |
US8879317B2 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2014-11-04 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | System and method of decoding data from memory based on sensing information and decoded data of neighboring storage elements |
JP2012181761A (en) | 2011-03-02 | 2012-09-20 | Toshiba Corp | Semiconductor memory device and decoding method |
JP5398764B2 (en) | 2011-03-07 | 2014-01-29 | 株式会社東芝 | Memory system and memory controller |
US8631288B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2014-01-14 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Methods, devices, and systems for data sensing in a memory system |
US9502117B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2016-11-22 | Seagate Technology Llc | Cell-level statistics collection for detection and decoding in flash memories |
US8935466B2 (en) | 2011-03-28 | 2015-01-13 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Data storage system with non-volatile memory and method of operation thereof |
US8990665B1 (en) * | 2011-04-06 | 2015-03-24 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | System, method and computer program product for joint search of a read threshold and soft decoding |
US8553469B2 (en) * | 2011-04-06 | 2013-10-08 | Dell Products L.P. | Memory buffer for buffer-on-board applications |
US9372792B1 (en) | 2011-05-12 | 2016-06-21 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Advanced management of a non-volatile memory |
US8996790B1 (en) | 2011-05-12 | 2015-03-31 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | System and method for flash memory management |
US9501392B1 (en) | 2011-05-12 | 2016-11-22 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Management of a non-volatile memory module |
US9195592B1 (en) | 2011-05-12 | 2015-11-24 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Advanced management of a non-volatile memory |
US9396106B2 (en) | 2011-05-12 | 2016-07-19 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Advanced management of a non-volatile memory |
US9110785B1 (en) | 2011-05-12 | 2015-08-18 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Ordered merge of data sectors that belong to memory space portions |
US8880977B2 (en) * | 2011-07-22 | 2014-11-04 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Systems and methods of storing data |
US8484519B2 (en) * | 2011-08-19 | 2013-07-09 | Stec, Inc. | Optimal programming levels for LDPC |
US8527849B2 (en) * | 2011-08-19 | 2013-09-03 | Stec, Inc. | High speed hard LDPC decoder |
US9098399B2 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2015-08-04 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Electronic system with storage management mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US9021319B2 (en) | 2011-09-02 | 2015-04-28 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Non-volatile memory management system with load leveling and method of operation thereof |
US9021231B2 (en) | 2011-09-02 | 2015-04-28 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Storage control system with write amplification control mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US9063844B2 (en) | 2011-09-02 | 2015-06-23 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Non-volatile memory management system with time measure mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US9047210B2 (en) | 2011-09-15 | 2015-06-02 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Data storage device and method to correct bit values using multiple read voltages |
US8773904B2 (en) * | 2011-12-28 | 2014-07-08 | Apple Inc. | Optimized threshold search in analog memory cells |
US8937838B2 (en) | 2012-01-10 | 2015-01-20 | Sk Hynix Memory Solutions Inc. | Finding optimal read thresholds and related voltages for solid state memory |
US9269448B2 (en) * | 2012-01-27 | 2016-02-23 | Sk Hynix Memory Solutions Inc. | Generating soft read values using multiple reads and/or bins |
KR20130087936A (en) * | 2012-01-30 | 2013-08-07 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Memory device, memory system and program method of the same |
US9208871B2 (en) | 2012-01-30 | 2015-12-08 | HGST Netherlands B.V. | Implementing enhanced data read for multi-level cell (MLC) memory using threshold voltage-drift or resistance drift tolerant moving baseline memory data encoding |
US8792272B2 (en) | 2012-01-30 | 2014-07-29 | HGST Netherlands B.V. | Implementing enhanced data partial-erase for multi-level cell (MLC) memory using threshold voltage-drift or resistance drift tolerant moving baseline memory data encoding |
US9239781B2 (en) | 2012-02-07 | 2016-01-19 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Storage control system with erase block mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US8996788B2 (en) | 2012-02-09 | 2015-03-31 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Configurable flash interface |
US8947941B2 (en) | 2012-02-09 | 2015-02-03 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | State responsive operations relating to flash memory cells |
US8943386B1 (en) * | 2012-02-16 | 2015-01-27 | Sk Hynix Memory Solutions Inc. | Generating soft read values which optimize dynamic range |
US9190162B2 (en) | 2012-03-13 | 2015-11-17 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Nonconsecutive sensing of multilevel memory cells |
US8811074B2 (en) | 2012-04-03 | 2014-08-19 | Seagate Technology Llc | Parametric tracking to manage read disturbed data |
US8923066B1 (en) | 2012-04-09 | 2014-12-30 | Sk Hynix Memory Solutions Inc. | Storage of read thresholds for NAND flash storage using linear approximation |
US9298252B2 (en) | 2012-04-17 | 2016-03-29 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Storage control system with power down mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US8996793B1 (en) | 2012-04-24 | 2015-03-31 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | System, method and computer readable medium for generating soft information |
US9136011B2 (en) * | 2012-04-26 | 2015-09-15 | Hgst Technologies Santa Ana, Inc. | Soft information module |
US8838937B1 (en) | 2012-05-23 | 2014-09-16 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Methods, systems and computer readable medium for writing and reading data |
US8879325B1 (en) | 2012-05-30 | 2014-11-04 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | System, method and computer program product for processing read threshold information and for reading a flash memory module |
US8949689B2 (en) | 2012-06-11 | 2015-02-03 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Storage control system with data management mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US8804415B2 (en) | 2012-06-19 | 2014-08-12 | Fusion-Io, Inc. | Adaptive voltage range management in non-volatile memory |
US8923062B1 (en) * | 2012-07-06 | 2014-12-30 | Sk Hynix Memory Solutions Inc. | Generating read thresholds using gradient descent and without side information |
US20140052897A1 (en) * | 2012-08-17 | 2014-02-20 | Seagate Technology Llc | Dynamic formation of garbage collection units in a memory |
US9921954B1 (en) | 2012-08-27 | 2018-03-20 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Method and system for split flash memory management between host and storage controller |
US9847139B2 (en) | 2012-10-01 | 2017-12-19 | Seagate Technology Llp | Flash channel parameter management with read scrub |
US9368225B1 (en) | 2012-11-21 | 2016-06-14 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Determining read thresholds based upon read error direction statistics |
US9671962B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2017-06-06 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Storage control system with data management mechanism of parity and method of operation thereof |
US20140169102A1 (en) * | 2012-12-19 | 2014-06-19 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Log-likelihood ratio and lumped log-likelihood ratio generation for data storage systems |
US9069659B1 (en) | 2013-01-03 | 2015-06-30 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Read threshold determination using reference read threshold |
US8869008B2 (en) * | 2013-01-17 | 2014-10-21 | Apple Inc. | Adaptation of analog memory cell read thresholds using partial ECC syndromes |
US8963938B2 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2015-02-24 | Apple Inc. | Modified quality of service (QoS) thresholds |
US9123445B2 (en) | 2013-01-22 | 2015-09-01 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Storage control system with data management mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US9390002B1 (en) | 2013-01-23 | 2016-07-12 | SK Hynix Inc. | Efficient bin labeling schemes for tracking cells in solid state storage devices |
US9424946B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2016-08-23 | Seagate Technology Llc | Non-volatile buffering to enable sloppy writes and fast write verification |
US9142309B2 (en) * | 2013-02-19 | 2015-09-22 | Sk Hynix Memory Solutions Inc. | Generation of a composite read based on neighboring data |
US9214965B2 (en) | 2013-02-20 | 2015-12-15 | Sandisk Enterprise Ip Llc | Method and system for improving data integrity in non-volatile storage |
US9329928B2 (en) | 2013-02-20 | 2016-05-03 | Sandisk Enterprise IP LLC. | Bandwidth optimization in a non-volatile memory system |
US9019291B2 (en) | 2013-02-25 | 2015-04-28 | Apple Inc. | Multiple quality of service (QoS) thresholds or clock gating thresholds based on memory stress level |
US9183137B2 (en) | 2013-02-27 | 2015-11-10 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Storage control system with data management mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US9470720B2 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2016-10-18 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Test system with localized heating and method of manufacture thereof |
US8861270B2 (en) * | 2013-03-11 | 2014-10-14 | Microsoft Corporation | Approximate multi-level cell memory operations |
US20140281842A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | Fusion-Io, Inc. | Non-Volatile Cells Having a Non-Power-of-Two Number of States |
US9367391B2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2016-06-14 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Error correction operations in a memory device |
US9043780B2 (en) | 2013-03-27 | 2015-05-26 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Electronic system with system modification control mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US10049037B2 (en) | 2013-04-05 | 2018-08-14 | Sandisk Enterprise Ip Llc | Data management in a storage system |
US9170941B2 (en) | 2013-04-05 | 2015-10-27 | Sandisk Enterprises IP LLC | Data hardening in a storage system |
US9543025B2 (en) | 2013-04-11 | 2017-01-10 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Storage control system with power-off time estimation mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US10546648B2 (en) | 2013-04-12 | 2020-01-28 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Storage control system with data management mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US9235469B2 (en) * | 2013-05-22 | 2016-01-12 | Seagate Technology Llc | Systems and methods for inter-cell interference mitigation in a flash memory |
US9286155B1 (en) * | 2013-05-24 | 2016-03-15 | Marvell International Ltd. | Systems and methods for generating soft information in a flash device |
US9136876B1 (en) | 2013-06-13 | 2015-09-15 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Size limited multi-dimensional decoding |
US9313874B2 (en) | 2013-06-19 | 2016-04-12 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Electronic system with heat extraction and method of manufacture thereof |
US9898056B2 (en) | 2013-06-19 | 2018-02-20 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Electronic assembly with thermal channel and method of manufacture thereof |
US9367353B1 (en) | 2013-06-25 | 2016-06-14 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Storage control system with power throttling mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US9244519B1 (en) | 2013-06-25 | 2016-01-26 | Smart Storage Systems. Inc. | Storage system with data transfer rate adjustment for power throttling |
US9146850B2 (en) | 2013-08-01 | 2015-09-29 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Data storage system with dynamic read threshold mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US9361222B2 (en) | 2013-08-07 | 2016-06-07 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Electronic system with storage drive life estimation mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US9448946B2 (en) | 2013-08-07 | 2016-09-20 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Data storage system with stale data mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US9431113B2 (en) | 2013-08-07 | 2016-08-30 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Data storage system with dynamic erase block grouping mechanism and method of operation thereof |
KR102170857B1 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2020-10-29 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Driving method of nonvolatile memory device using variable resistive element |
US9201728B2 (en) * | 2013-09-12 | 2015-12-01 | Seagate Technology Llc | Memory device with variable code rate |
US9298552B2 (en) * | 2013-09-27 | 2016-03-29 | Intel Corporation | Using read values from previous decoding operations to calculate soft bit information in an error recovery operation |
US9413491B1 (en) | 2013-10-08 | 2016-08-09 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | System and method for multiple dimension decoding and encoding a message |
US9397706B1 (en) | 2013-10-09 | 2016-07-19 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | System and method for irregular multiple dimension decoding and encoding |
US9348694B1 (en) | 2013-10-09 | 2016-05-24 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Detecting and managing bad columns |
US9786388B1 (en) | 2013-10-09 | 2017-10-10 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Detecting and managing bad columns |
US9812193B2 (en) | 2013-11-08 | 2017-11-07 | SK Hynix Inc. | Threshold estimation using bit flip counts and minimums |
US9152555B2 (en) | 2013-11-15 | 2015-10-06 | Sandisk Enterprise IP LLC. | Data management with modular erase in a data storage system |
GB2520708A (en) | 2013-11-28 | 2015-06-03 | Ibm | Multi-stage codeword detector |
US9236147B1 (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2016-01-12 | SK Hynix Inc. | Threshold carrying for solid state storage |
US9130599B2 (en) * | 2013-12-24 | 2015-09-08 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Systems and methods of converting detector output to multi-level soft information |
US9645763B2 (en) | 2014-01-13 | 2017-05-09 | Seagate Technology Llc | Framework for balancing robustness and latency during collection of statistics from soft reads |
US9911492B2 (en) | 2014-01-17 | 2018-03-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Writing multiple levels in a phase change memory using a write reference voltage that incrementally ramps over a write period |
US9536612B1 (en) | 2014-01-23 | 2017-01-03 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd | Digital signaling processing for three dimensional flash memory arrays |
US10120792B1 (en) | 2014-01-29 | 2018-11-06 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Programming an embedded flash storage device |
US9319073B2 (en) | 2014-02-11 | 2016-04-19 | Seagate Technology Llc | Mitigation of write errors in multi-level cell flash memory through adaptive error correction code decoding |
US9589673B1 (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2017-03-07 | SK Hynix Inc. | Estimation of an optimal read threshold using symmetry |
US9472169B2 (en) | 2014-04-22 | 2016-10-18 | Apple Inc. | Coordinate based QoS escalation |
KR102149668B1 (en) | 2014-04-22 | 2020-08-31 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Data decoding method of Non-volatile memory device |
US9542262B1 (en) | 2014-05-29 | 2017-01-10 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Error correction |
US9892033B1 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2018-02-13 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Management of memory units |
US9584159B1 (en) | 2014-07-03 | 2017-02-28 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Interleaved encoding |
US9972393B1 (en) | 2014-07-03 | 2018-05-15 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Accelerating programming of a flash memory module |
US9449702B1 (en) | 2014-07-08 | 2016-09-20 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Power management |
US9652415B2 (en) | 2014-07-09 | 2017-05-16 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Atomic non-volatile memory data transfer |
US9904621B2 (en) | 2014-07-15 | 2018-02-27 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Methods and systems for flash buffer sizing |
US9645744B2 (en) | 2014-07-22 | 2017-05-09 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Suspending and resuming non-volatile memory operations |
US20160077913A1 (en) * | 2014-09-11 | 2016-03-17 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of controlling nonvolatile memory |
US9952978B2 (en) | 2014-10-27 | 2018-04-24 | Sandisk Technologies, Llc | Method for improving mixed random performance in low queue depth workloads |
US9753649B2 (en) | 2014-10-27 | 2017-09-05 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Tracking intermix of writes and un-map commands across power cycles |
US9524211B1 (en) | 2014-11-18 | 2016-12-20 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Codeword management |
US9817752B2 (en) | 2014-11-21 | 2017-11-14 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Data integrity enhancement to protect against returning old versions of data |
US9824007B2 (en) | 2014-11-21 | 2017-11-21 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Data integrity enhancement to protect against returning old versions of data |
KR102262909B1 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2021-06-10 | 에스케이하이닉스 주식회사 | Operating method of memory system |
US10084481B2 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2018-09-25 | Apple Inc. | GLDPC soft decoding with hard decision inputs |
US10305515B1 (en) | 2015-02-02 | 2019-05-28 | Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited | System and method for encoding using multiple linear feedback shift registers |
US9647697B2 (en) * | 2015-03-16 | 2017-05-09 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Method and system for determining soft information offsets |
US9773563B2 (en) * | 2015-03-27 | 2017-09-26 | Toshiba Memory Corporation | Memory controller, memory control method, and coefficient decision method |
US9652175B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2017-05-16 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Locally generating and storing RAID stripe parity with single relative memory address for storing data segments and parity in multiple non-volatile memory portions |
US9985653B2 (en) * | 2015-04-10 | 2018-05-29 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods and systems for soft-decision decoding |
US10372529B2 (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2019-08-06 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Iterative soft information correction and decoding |
US9778878B2 (en) | 2015-04-22 | 2017-10-03 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Method and system for limiting write command execution |
US10628255B1 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2020-04-21 | Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited | Multi-dimensional decoding |
US20160378591A1 (en) * | 2015-06-24 | 2016-12-29 | Intel Corporation | Adaptive error correction in memory devices |
US9851921B1 (en) | 2015-07-05 | 2017-12-26 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Flash memory chip processing |
US9870149B2 (en) | 2015-07-08 | 2018-01-16 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Scheduling operations in non-volatile memory devices using preference values |
US10223197B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2019-03-05 | Nxp B.V. | Integrated circuit device and method for applying error correction to SRAM memory |
US9778983B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2017-10-03 | Nxp B.V. | Integrated circuit device and method for reducing SRAM leakage |
US10437666B2 (en) * | 2015-08-06 | 2019-10-08 | Nxp B.V. | Integrated circuit device and method for reading data from an SRAM memory |
US9715939B2 (en) | 2015-08-10 | 2017-07-25 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Low read data storage management |
US10108489B2 (en) * | 2015-10-28 | 2018-10-23 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Systems and methods for efficient soft data based flash memory data recovery |
US10204006B2 (en) * | 2015-10-28 | 2019-02-12 | Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited | Systems and methods for side data based soft data flash memory access |
US10198316B2 (en) * | 2015-10-28 | 2019-02-05 | Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited | Systems and methods for efficient flash memory access |
US10228990B2 (en) | 2015-11-12 | 2019-03-12 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Variable-term error metrics adjustment |
US10126970B2 (en) | 2015-12-11 | 2018-11-13 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Paired metablocks in non-volatile storage device |
US10048877B2 (en) * | 2015-12-21 | 2018-08-14 | Intel Corporation | Predictive memory maintenance |
US9837146B2 (en) | 2016-01-08 | 2017-12-05 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Memory system temperature management |
US10732856B2 (en) | 2016-03-03 | 2020-08-04 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Erase health metric to rank memory portions |
US9954558B1 (en) | 2016-03-03 | 2018-04-24 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Fast decoding of data stored in a flash memory |
US10481830B2 (en) | 2016-07-25 | 2019-11-19 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Selectively throttling host reads for read disturbs in non-volatile memory system |
US10248501B2 (en) * | 2016-10-18 | 2019-04-02 | SK Hynix Inc. | Data storage apparatus and operation method thereof |
KR102375060B1 (en) * | 2016-10-18 | 2022-03-17 | 에스케이하이닉스 주식회사 | Data storage device and operating method thereof |
US10482983B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2019-11-19 | Seagate Technology Llc | Read disturb detection based on dynamic bit error rate estimation |
US10146460B1 (en) | 2017-06-01 | 2018-12-04 | Apple Inc. | Programming schemes for avoidance or recovery from cross-temperature read failures |
US10481974B2 (en) * | 2017-06-28 | 2019-11-19 | Intel Corporation | Apparatus, non-volatile memory storage device and method for detecting drift in non-volatile memory |
US11294572B2 (en) | 2017-07-06 | 2022-04-05 | Seagate Technology, Llc | Data storage system with late read buffer assignment after arrival of data in cache |
US10848182B2 (en) | 2018-09-13 | 2020-11-24 | Apple Inc. | Iterative decoding with early termination criterion that permits errors in redundancy part |
KR102587962B1 (en) | 2019-06-25 | 2023-10-11 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Search circuit, hammer address management circuit and memory system including the same |
CN110689914B (en) * | 2019-09-06 | 2021-08-10 | 苏州浪潮智能科技有限公司 | Solid state disk reading error correction method, device, equipment and storage medium |
TWI768496B (en) * | 2020-10-07 | 2022-06-21 | 群聯電子股份有限公司 | Read voltage control method, memory storage device and memory control circuit unit |
US11556416B2 (en) | 2021-05-05 | 2023-01-17 | Apple Inc. | Controlling memory readout reliability and throughput by adjusting distance between read thresholds |
US11847342B2 (en) | 2021-07-28 | 2023-12-19 | Apple Inc. | Efficient transfer of hard data and confidence levels in reading a nonvolatile memory |
US11621048B2 (en) | 2021-07-29 | 2023-04-04 | Apple Inc. | Positioning read thresholds in a nonvolatile memory based on successful decoding |
US12136464B2 (en) * | 2022-07-06 | 2024-11-05 | Innogrit Technologies Co., Ltd. | Soft decoding correctable page assisted reference voltage tracking |
US11973516B2 (en) * | 2022-07-06 | 2024-04-30 | Innogrit Technologies Co., Ltd. | Soft decoding correctable page assisted LLR estimation |
Citations (502)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3668632A (en) | 1969-02-13 | 1972-06-06 | Ibm | Fast decode character error detection and correction system |
US3668631A (en) | 1969-02-13 | 1972-06-06 | Ibm | Error detection and correction system with statistically optimized data recovery |
US4058851A (en) | 1976-10-18 | 1977-11-15 | Sperry Rand Corporation | Conditional bypass of error correction for dual memory access time selection |
US4394763A (en) | 1979-08-31 | 1983-07-19 | Fujitsu Limited | Error-correcting system |
US4413339A (en) | 1981-06-24 | 1983-11-01 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Multiple error detecting and correcting system employing Reed-Solomon codes |
US4556961A (en) | 1981-05-26 | 1985-12-03 | Tokyo Shibaura Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Semiconductor memory with delay means to reduce peak currents |
US4558431A (en) | 1982-12-10 | 1985-12-10 | Nec Corporation | Memory system for storing analog information |
US4608687A (en) | 1983-09-13 | 1986-08-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Bit steering apparatus and method for correcting errors in stored data, storing the address of the corrected data and using the address to maintain a correct data condition |
US4654847A (en) | 1984-12-28 | 1987-03-31 | International Business Machines | Apparatus for automatically correcting erroneous data and for storing the corrected data in a common pool alternate memory array |
US4661929A (en) | 1983-12-23 | 1987-04-28 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Semiconductor memory having multiple level storage structure |
US4768171A (en) | 1984-06-20 | 1988-08-30 | Nec Corporation | Memory circuit having a plurality of cell arrays |
US4811285A (en) | 1984-04-02 | 1989-03-07 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Analog storage integrated circuit |
US4899342A (en) | 1988-02-01 | 1990-02-06 | Thinking Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for operating multi-unit array of memories |
US4910706A (en) | 1972-09-11 | 1990-03-20 | Hyatt Gilbert P | Analog memory for storing digital information |
US4993029A (en) | 1989-03-13 | 1991-02-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for randomizing data in a direct access storage device |
US5056089A (en) | 1988-02-08 | 1991-10-08 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Memory device |
US5077722A (en) | 1989-01-06 | 1991-12-31 | Convex Computer Corporation | Disk drive insertion and removal interlock |
US5126808A (en) | 1989-10-23 | 1992-06-30 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Flash EEPROM array with paged erase architecture |
US5163021A (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1992-11-10 | Sundisk Corporation | Multi-state EEprom read and write circuits and techniques |
US5172338A (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1992-12-15 | Sundisk Corporation | Multi-state EEprom read and write circuits and techniques |
US5182752A (en) | 1990-06-29 | 1993-01-26 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Method and apparatus for transferring data between a data bus and a data storage device |
US5182558A (en) | 1991-10-25 | 1993-01-26 | Halliburton Geophysical Services, Inc. | System for generating correction signals for use in forming low distortion analog signals |
US5191584A (en) | 1991-02-20 | 1993-03-02 | Micropolis Corporation | Mass storage array with efficient parity calculation |
US5200959A (en) | 1989-10-17 | 1993-04-06 | Sundisk Corporation | Device and method for defect handling in semi-conductor memory |
US5237535A (en) | 1991-10-09 | 1993-08-17 | Intel Corporation | Method of repairing overerased cells in a flash memory |
US5272669A (en) | 1991-02-20 | 1993-12-21 | Sundisk Corporation | Method and structure for programming floating gate memory cells |
US5276649A (en) | 1989-03-16 | 1994-01-04 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Dynamic-type semiconductor memory device having staggered activation of column groups |
US5287469A (en) | 1988-12-27 | 1994-02-15 | Nec Corporation | Electrically erasable and programmable non-volatile memory (EEPROM), wherein write pulses can be interrupted by subsequently received read requests |
US5365484A (en) | 1993-08-23 | 1994-11-15 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Independent array grounds for flash EEPROM array with paged erase architechture |
US5388064A (en) | 1991-11-26 | 1995-02-07 | Information Storage Devices, Inc. | Programmable non-volatile analog voltage source devices and methods |
US5416646A (en) | 1992-11-12 | 1995-05-16 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Data recording and reproducing apparatus having read/write circuit with programmable parameter means |
US5416782A (en) | 1992-10-30 | 1995-05-16 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for improving data failure rate testing for memory arrays |
US5446854A (en) | 1993-10-20 | 1995-08-29 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Virtual memory computer apparatus and address translation mechanism employing hashing scheme and page frame descriptor that support multiple page sizes |
US5450424A (en) | 1992-07-27 | 1995-09-12 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Semiconductor memory device with error checking and correcting function |
US5469444A (en) | 1991-03-12 | 1995-11-21 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Electrically erasable and programmable non-volatile memory system with write-verify controller using two reference levels |
US5473753A (en) | 1992-10-30 | 1995-12-05 | Intel Corporation | Method of managing defects in flash disk memories |
US5479170A (en) | 1992-10-16 | 1995-12-26 | California Institute Of Technology | Method and apparatus for long-term multi-valued storage in dynamic analog memory |
WO1996010256A1 (en) | 1994-09-29 | 1996-04-04 | Intel Corporation | Sensing state of a memory by variable gate voltage |
US5519831A (en) | 1991-06-12 | 1996-05-21 | Intel Corporation | Non-volatile disk cache |
US5532962A (en) | 1992-05-20 | 1996-07-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Soft errors handling in EEPROM devices |
US5541886A (en) | 1994-12-27 | 1996-07-30 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for storing control information in multi-bit non-volatile memory arrays |
US5600677A (en) | 1994-07-08 | 1997-02-04 | Zenith Electronics Corporation | Trellis coded modulation system for digital television signal |
US5638320A (en) | 1994-11-02 | 1997-06-10 | Invoice Technology, Inc. | High resolution analog storage EPROM and flash EPROM |
US5657332A (en) * | 1992-05-20 | 1997-08-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Soft errors handling in EEPROM devices |
US5675540A (en) | 1996-01-22 | 1997-10-07 | Micron Quantum Devices, Inc. | Non-volatile memory system having internal data verification test mode |
US5682352A (en) | 1996-02-08 | 1997-10-28 | Invoice Technology, Inc. | Digital testing of analog memory devices |
US5687114A (en) | 1995-10-06 | 1997-11-11 | Agate Semiconductor, Inc. | Integrated circuit for storage and retrieval of multiple digital bits per nonvolatile memory cell |
US5696717A (en) | 1995-10-16 | 1997-12-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Nonvolatile integrated circuit memory devices having adjustable erase/program threshold voltage verification capability |
US5726649A (en) | 1994-09-05 | 1998-03-10 | Yamaha Corporation | Control device suitable for use in an apparatus for reproducing video, audio and accompanying characters |
US5726934A (en) | 1996-04-09 | 1998-03-10 | Information Storage Devices, Inc. | Method and apparatus for analog reading values stored in floating gate structures |
US5742752A (en) | 1995-12-29 | 1998-04-21 | Symbios Logic Inc. | Method for performing a RAID stripe write operation using a drive XOR command set |
US5748534A (en) | 1996-03-26 | 1998-05-05 | Invox Technology | Feedback loop for reading threshold voltage |
US5748533A (en) | 1996-03-26 | 1998-05-05 | Invoice Technology, Inc. | Read circuit which uses a coarse-to-fine search when reading the threshold voltage of a memory cell |
US5751637A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-05-12 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Automatic programming algorithm for page mode flash memory with variable programming pulse height and pulse width |
US5761402A (en) | 1993-03-08 | 1998-06-02 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Array type disk system updating redundant data asynchronously with data access |
WO1998028745A1 (en) | 1996-12-20 | 1998-07-02 | Intel Corporation | Nonvolatile writeable memory with fast programming capability |
US5798966A (en) | 1997-03-31 | 1998-08-25 | Intel Corporation | Flash memory VDS compensation techiques to reduce programming variability |
US5799200A (en) | 1995-09-28 | 1998-08-25 | Emc Corporation | Power failure responsive apparatus and method having a shadow dram, a flash ROM, an auxiliary battery, and a controller |
US5801985A (en) | 1995-07-28 | 1998-09-01 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Memory system having programmable control parameters |
US5838832A (en) | 1995-04-03 | 1998-11-17 | Iterated Systems, Inc. | Method and system for representing a data set with a data transforming function and data mask |
US5860106A (en) | 1995-07-13 | 1999-01-12 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for dynamically adjusting power/performance characteristics of a memory subsystem |
US5867114A (en) | 1996-02-29 | 1999-02-02 | Mitel Corporation | Method and apparatus for performing data compression |
US5867429A (en) | 1997-11-19 | 1999-02-02 | Sandisk Corporation | High density non-volatile flash memory without adverse effects of electric field coupling between adjacent floating gates |
US5867428A (en) | 1996-07-09 | 1999-02-02 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile memory system semiconductor memory and writing method |
US5877986A (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1999-03-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state Flash EEprom system on a card that includes defective cell substitution |
US5889937A (en) | 1996-06-27 | 1999-03-30 | Nec Corporation | Hard disk apparatus capable of transforming logical addresses of apparatus diagnosis cylinders to HDD-by-HDD physical addresses |
US5901089A (en) | 1996-04-30 | 1999-05-04 | Agate Semiconductor, Inc. | Stabilization circuits and techniques for storage and retrieval of single or multiple digital bits per memory cell |
US5909449A (en) | 1997-09-08 | 1999-06-01 | Invox Technology | Multibit-per-cell non-volatile memory with error detection and correction |
US5912906A (en) | 1997-06-23 | 1999-06-15 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for recovering from correctable ECC errors |
US5930167A (en) | 1997-07-30 | 1999-07-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state non-volatile flash memory capable of being its own two state write cache |
US5937424A (en) | 1996-09-20 | 1999-08-10 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for suspending the writing of a nonvolatile semiconductor memory with program suspend command |
US5942004A (en) | 1994-10-31 | 1999-08-24 | Stmicroelectronics, S.R.L. | Device and a method for storing data and corresponding error-correction information |
US5946716A (en) | 1996-05-30 | 1999-08-31 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Sectored virtual memory management system and translation look-aside buffer (TLB) for the same |
US5969986A (en) | 1998-06-23 | 1999-10-19 | Invox Technology | High-bandwidth read and write architectures for non-volatile memories |
US5995417A (en) | 1998-10-20 | 1999-11-30 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Scheme for page erase and erase verify in a non-volatile memory array |
US6009016A (en) | 1996-07-09 | 1999-12-28 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile memory system semiconductor memory and writing method |
US6009014A (en) | 1998-06-03 | 1999-12-28 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Erase verify scheme for NAND flash |
US6034891A (en) | 1997-12-01 | 2000-03-07 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Multi-state flash memory defect management |
US6041430A (en) | 1997-11-03 | 2000-03-21 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Error detection and correction code for data and check code fields |
US6040993A (en) | 1998-02-23 | 2000-03-21 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Method for programming an analog/multi-level flash EEPROM |
US6073204A (en) | 1997-04-23 | 2000-06-06 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Memory system having flexible architecture and method |
US6101614A (en) | 1994-05-24 | 2000-08-08 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for automatically scrubbing ECC errors in memory via hardware |
US6128237A (en) | 1998-04-10 | 2000-10-03 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for enhancing the performance of semiconductor memory devices |
US6134140A (en) | 1997-05-14 | 2000-10-17 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device with soft-programming to adjust erased state of memory cells |
US6134631A (en) | 1996-08-19 | 2000-10-17 | Hyundai Electronics America, Inc. | Non-volatile memory with embedded programmable controller |
US6141261A (en) | 1999-12-31 | 2000-10-31 | Patti; Robert | DRAM that stores multiple bits per storage cell |
US6166962A (en) | 1999-06-24 | 2000-12-26 | Amic Technology, Inc. | Circuit and method for conditioning flash memory array |
US6169691B1 (en) | 1998-09-15 | 2001-01-02 | Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. | Method for maintaining the memory content of non-volatile memory cells |
US6178466B1 (en) | 1998-06-12 | 2001-01-23 | Unisys Corporation | System for maximizing bandpass on an interface directly coupling two units where the interface has independently operative data and address interconnections, and computer sysem employing same. |
US6185134B1 (en) | 1998-12-10 | 2001-02-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Flash memory control method, flash memory system using the control method and flash memory device using the control method |
US6209113B1 (en) | 1996-10-18 | 2001-03-27 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for performing error correction on data read from a multistate memory |
US6212654B1 (en) | 1997-07-22 | 2001-04-03 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Coded modulation for digital storage in analog memory devices |
US6219276B1 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2001-04-17 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Multilevel cell programming |
US6219447B1 (en) | 1997-02-21 | 2001-04-17 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and circuit for extracting histogram and cumulative distribution function for image enhancement apparatus |
US6222762B1 (en) | 1992-01-14 | 2001-04-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory |
US6230233B1 (en) | 1991-09-13 | 2001-05-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Wear leveling techniques for flash EEPROM systems |
US6240458B1 (en) | 1998-12-22 | 2001-05-29 | Unisys Corporation | System and method for programmably controlling data transfer request rates between data sources and destinations in a data processing system |
US20010006479A1 (en) | 1999-12-28 | 2001-07-05 | Tamio Ikehashi | Read circuit of nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
US6259627B1 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2001-07-10 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Read and write operations using constant row line voltage and variable column line load |
US6279069B1 (en) | 1996-12-26 | 2001-08-21 | Intel Corporation | Interface for flash EEPROM memory arrays |
US6278632B1 (en) | 1996-10-24 | 2001-08-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and circuitry for performing analog over-program and under-program detection for a multistate memory cell |
US6288944B1 (en) | 1999-08-16 | 2001-09-11 | Fujitsu Limited | NAND type nonvolatile memory with improved erase-verify operations |
US6292394B1 (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2001-09-18 | Saifun Semiconductors Ltd. | Method for programming of a semiconductor memory cell |
US6301151B1 (en) | 2000-08-09 | 2001-10-09 | Information Storage Devices, Inc. | Adaptive programming method and apparatus for flash memory analog storage |
US6304486B1 (en) | 1999-12-20 | 2001-10-16 | Fujitsu Limited | Sensing time control device and method |
US6345004B1 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2002-02-05 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Repair analysis circuit for redundancy, redundant repairing method, and semiconductor device |
US6360346B1 (en) | 1997-08-27 | 2002-03-19 | Sony Corporation | Storage unit, method of checking storage unit, reading and writing method |
US6363008B1 (en) | 2000-02-17 | 2002-03-26 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Multi-bit-cell non-volatile memory with maximized data capacity |
US20020038440A1 (en) | 1998-04-20 | 2002-03-28 | Moti Barkan | Digital data representation for multi-bit data storage and transmission |
US6366496B1 (en) | 1999-08-03 | 2002-04-02 | Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. | Method for programming multi-level non-volatile memories by controlling the gate voltage |
US20020056064A1 (en) | 2000-06-05 | 2002-05-09 | Tycom (Us) Inc. | Method and apparatus for enhanced forward error correction in network |
US6396742B1 (en) | 2000-07-28 | 2002-05-28 | Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. | Testing of multilevel semiconductor memory |
US6405342B1 (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2002-06-11 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Disk drive employing a multiple-input sequence detector responsive to reliability metrics to improve a retry operation |
US6405323B1 (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2002-06-11 | Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. | Defect management for interface to electrically-erasable programmable read-only memory |
US6418060B1 (en) | 2002-01-03 | 2002-07-09 | Ememory Technology Inc. | Method of programming and erasing non-volatile memory cells |
US6442585B1 (en) | 1997-11-26 | 2002-08-27 | Compaq Computer Corporation | Method for scheduling contexts based on statistics of memory system interactions in a computer system |
US20020118574A1 (en) | 2001-02-26 | 2002-08-29 | Geoffrey Gongwer | Non-volatile memory with improved programming and method therefor |
US6445602B1 (en) | 1998-10-28 | 2002-09-03 | Nucore Technology Inc. | Structure and method for correction of defective analog data in a nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
US20020133684A1 (en) | 2001-01-17 | 2002-09-19 | Honeywell International, Inc. | Enhanced memory module architecture |
US6456528B1 (en) | 2001-09-17 | 2002-09-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Selective operation of a multi-state non-volatile memory system in a binary mode |
US6467062B1 (en) | 1997-12-10 | 2002-10-15 | Mordecai Barkan | Digital data (multi-bit) storage with discrete analog memory cells |
US6466476B1 (en) | 2001-01-18 | 2002-10-15 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Data coding for multi-bit-per-cell memories having variable numbers of bits per memory cell |
US6469931B1 (en) | 2001-01-04 | 2002-10-22 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Method for increasing information content in a computer memory |
US20020166091A1 (en) | 2000-06-05 | 2002-11-07 | Kidorf Howard D. | Concatenated forward error correction decoder |
US20020174295A1 (en) | 2001-01-29 | 2002-11-21 | Ulrich Thomas R. | Enhanced file system failure tolerance |
US6490236B1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2002-12-03 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Method and apparatus for optical disk device |
WO2002100112A1 (en) | 2001-06-03 | 2002-12-12 | Seelive Ltd. | System and method for rapid video compression |
US20020196510A1 (en) | 2001-04-04 | 2002-12-26 | Hietala Vincent Mark | Method and system for decoding multilevel signals |
US20030002348A1 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2003-01-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Operating techniques for reducing effects of coupling between storage elements of a non-volatile memory operated in multiple data states |
US6525952B2 (en) | 1999-07-28 | 2003-02-25 | Sony Corporation | Recording system, data recording apparatus, memory apparatus, and data recording method |
US6532556B1 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2003-03-11 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Data management for multi-bit-per-cell memories |
US6538922B1 (en) | 2000-09-27 | 2003-03-25 | Sandisk Corporation | Writable tracking cells |
US6553510B1 (en) | 1999-09-02 | 2003-04-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Memory device including redundancy routine for correcting random errors |
US6560152B1 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2003-05-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with temperature-compensated data read |
US20030103400A1 (en) | 1999-01-14 | 2003-06-05 | Hieu Van Tran | Multistage autozero sensing for a multilevel non-volatile memory integrated circuit system |
US6577539B2 (en) | 1993-08-27 | 2003-06-10 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device with programming voltage generating system and data programming method |
US6584012B2 (en) | 1991-02-08 | 2003-06-24 | Btg International Inc. | Electrically alterable non-volatile memory with N-bits per cell |
US20030161183A1 (en) | 1999-01-14 | 2003-08-28 | Tran Hieu Van | Digital multilevel non-volatile memory system |
US6615307B1 (en) | 2000-05-10 | 2003-09-02 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Flash with consistent latency for read operations |
US6621739B2 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2003-09-16 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing the effects of noise in non-volatile memories through multiple reads |
US20030189856A1 (en) | 2002-04-04 | 2003-10-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-level flash memory with temperature compensation |
US6640326B1 (en) | 1999-06-28 | 2003-10-28 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.C. | Data set recovery by codeword overlay |
US6643169B2 (en) | 2001-09-18 | 2003-11-04 | Intel Corporation | Variable level memory |
US6646913B2 (en) | 2000-10-13 | 2003-11-11 | Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. | Method for storing and reading data in a multilevel nonvolatile memory |
WO2003100791A1 (en) | 2002-05-20 | 2003-12-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Increasing the effectiveness of error correction codes and operating multi-level memory systems by using information about the quality of the stored data |
US6678192B2 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2004-01-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Error management for writable tracking storage units |
US6687155B2 (en) | 2001-01-11 | 2004-02-03 | Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd. | Analog storage semiconductor memory that uses plural write voltages and plural read voltages having different voltage levels |
US6707748B2 (en) | 2002-05-07 | 2004-03-16 | Ritek Corporation | Back up power embodied non-volatile memory device |
US6708257B2 (en) | 1999-07-12 | 2004-03-16 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Buffering system bus for external-memory access |
US20040057265A1 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2004-03-25 | Stmicroelectronics Sa | Method of controlling an electronic non-volatile memory and associated device |
US20040057285A1 (en) | 2002-09-24 | 2004-03-25 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with reduced neighboring field errors |
US6717847B2 (en) | 2001-09-17 | 2004-04-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Selective operation of a multi-state non-volatile memory system in a binary mode |
US20040083333A1 (en) | 2002-10-28 | 2004-04-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Hybrid implementation for error correction codes within a non-volatile memory system |
US20040083334A1 (en) | 2002-10-28 | 2004-04-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and apparatus for managing the integrity of data in non-volatile memory system |
US6731557B2 (en) | 2001-06-21 | 2004-05-04 | Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. | Method of refreshing an electrically erasable and programmable non-volatile memory |
US20040105311A1 (en) | 1998-10-23 | 2004-06-03 | Raul-Adrian Cernea | Non-volatile memory with improved sensing and method therefor |
US20040114437A1 (en) | 2002-12-13 | 2004-06-17 | Li Chi Nan Brian | Compaction scheme in NVM |
US6757193B2 (en) | 2001-05-31 | 2004-06-29 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Coding method of multi-level memory cell |
US6774808B1 (en) | 2000-05-17 | 2004-08-10 | Dell Products L.P. | Electromechanical lock for components |
US20040160842A1 (en) | 2003-02-19 | 2004-08-19 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Semiconductor memory device suppressing peak current |
US6781877B2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2004-08-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Techniques for reducing effects of coupling between storage elements of adjacent rows of memory cells |
US6804805B2 (en) | 2000-06-27 | 2004-10-12 | Seagate Technology Llc | Method and apparatus for encoding with unequal protection in magnetic recording channels having concatenated error correction codes |
US6807101B2 (en) | 2002-03-06 | 2004-10-19 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Semiconductor memory device |
US6809964B2 (en) | 2001-08-30 | 2004-10-26 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device capable of transferring data internally without using an external bus |
US20040223371A1 (en) | 2003-05-08 | 2004-11-11 | Micron Technology, Inc. | NAND flash memory with improved read and verification threshold uniformity |
US6819592B2 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2004-11-16 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor memory |
US6829167B2 (en) | 2002-12-12 | 2004-12-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Error recovery for nonvolatile memory |
US20050007802A1 (en) | 2003-04-11 | 2005-01-13 | Gerpheide George E. | Zero drift analog memory cell, array and method of operation |
US6845052B1 (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2005-01-18 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Dual reference cell sensing scheme for non-volatile memory |
US20050013165A1 (en) | 2003-06-17 | 2005-01-20 | Amir Ban | Flash memories with adaptive reference voltages |
US6851081B2 (en) | 2000-07-27 | 2005-02-01 | Nec Electronics Corporation | Semiconductor memory device having ECC type error recovery circuit |
US6851018B2 (en) | 2002-03-27 | 2005-02-01 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Exchanging operation parameters between a data storage device and a controller |
US20050024978A1 (en) | 2003-07-30 | 2005-02-03 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Method and system for optimizing reliability and performance of programming data in non-volatile memory devices |
US20050024941A1 (en) | 2003-07-30 | 2005-02-03 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Method of archiving data |
US20050030788A1 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2005-02-10 | Parkinson Ward D. | Analog phase change memory |
US6870773B2 (en) | 2001-02-20 | 2005-03-22 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Data writing method for semiconductor memory device and semiconductor memory device |
US6879520B2 (en) | 2003-04-22 | 2005-04-12 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device and electric device with the same |
US6882567B1 (en) | 2002-12-06 | 2005-04-19 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Parallel programming of multiple-bit-per-cell memory cells on a continuous word line |
US20050086574A1 (en) | 2003-10-16 | 2005-04-21 | Fackenthal Richard E. | Error correction for multi-level cell memory with overwrite capability |
US20050121436A1 (en) | 2003-12-03 | 2005-06-09 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Heating method for a band-shaped body and heating apparatus for a band-shaped body |
US6907497B2 (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2005-06-14 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
US20050157555A1 (en) | 2004-01-21 | 2005-07-21 | Tsuyoshi Ono | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US20050162913A1 (en) | 2004-01-26 | 2005-07-28 | Jian Chen | Method of reading NAND memory to compensate for coupling between storage elements |
US20050169051A1 (en) | 2003-10-23 | 2005-08-04 | Khalid Shahzad B. | Writable tracking cells |
US6930925B2 (en) | 2003-10-14 | 2005-08-16 | Atmel Corporation | Suspend-resume programming method for flash memory |
US6934188B2 (en) | 2002-07-19 | 2005-08-23 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Non-volatile memory erase circuitry |
US6937511B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2005-08-30 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Circuit and method for programming charge storage memory cells |
US20050189649A1 (en) | 2003-05-20 | 2005-09-01 | Fujitsu Limited | LSI package, LSI element testing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method |
US20050213393A1 (en) | 2004-03-14 | 2005-09-29 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | States encoding in multi-bit flash cells for optimizing error rate |
US20050224853A1 (en) | 2003-03-19 | 2005-10-13 | Narumi Ohkawa | Semiconductor device, manufacturing process thereof and imaging device |
US20050240745A1 (en) | 2003-12-18 | 2005-10-27 | Sundar Iyer | High speed memory control and I/O processor system |
US20050243626A1 (en) | 2004-04-29 | 2005-11-03 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Refreshing data stored in a flash memory |
US6963505B2 (en) | 2002-10-29 | 2005-11-08 | Aifun Semiconductors Ltd. | Method circuit and system for determining a reference voltage |
US6972993B2 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2005-12-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and structure for efficient data verification operation for non-volatile memories |
EP1434236B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2005-12-28 | Oki Electric Industry Co. Ltd., Legal & Intellectual Property Division | Semiconductor memory device generating accurate internal reference voltage |
US20060004952A1 (en) | 2004-02-15 | 2006-01-05 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Method of managing a multi-bit-cell flash memory |
US6988175B2 (en) | 2003-06-30 | 2006-01-17 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Flash memory management method that is resistant to data corruption by power loss |
US6992932B2 (en) | 2002-10-29 | 2006-01-31 | Saifun Semiconductors Ltd | Method circuit and system for read error detection in a non-volatile memory array |
US20060028877A1 (en) | 2004-08-05 | 2006-02-09 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Different numbers of bits per cell in non-volatile memory devices |
US20060028875A1 (en) | 2004-07-26 | 2006-02-09 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Drift compensation in a flash memory |
US7002843B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2006-02-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Variable current sinking for coarse/fine programming of non-volatile memory |
US7012835B2 (en) | 2003-10-03 | 2006-03-14 | Sandisk Corporation | Flash memory data correction and scrub techniques |
US7020017B2 (en) | 2004-04-06 | 2006-03-28 | Sandisk Corporation | Variable programming of non-volatile memory |
US7023735B2 (en) * | 2003-06-17 | 2006-04-04 | Ramot At Tel-Aviv University Ltd. | Methods of increasing the reliability of a flash memory |
US7031214B2 (en) | 1999-01-14 | 2006-04-18 | Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. | Digital multilevel memory system having multistage autozero sensing |
US7031216B2 (en) | 2003-12-15 | 2006-04-18 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Refresh controller with low peak current |
US7031210B2 (en) | 2003-11-18 | 2006-04-18 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Method of measuring threshold voltage for a NAND flash memory device |
US7039846B2 (en) * | 2000-04-04 | 2006-05-02 | Comtech Telecommunications Corp. | Enhanced turbo product code decoder system utilizing a codeword organization method |
US7042766B1 (en) | 2004-07-22 | 2006-05-09 | Spansion, Llc | Method of programming a flash memory device using multilevel charge storage |
US20060101193A1 (en) | 2004-11-08 | 2006-05-11 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | States encoding in multi-bit flash cells for optimizing error rate |
US20060106972A1 (en) | 2004-11-15 | 2006-05-18 | Gorobets Sergey A | Cyclic flash memory wear leveling |
US20060107136A1 (en) | 2002-12-05 | 2006-05-18 | Gongwer Geoffrey S | Smart verify for multi-state memories |
US7054199B2 (en) | 2004-02-26 | 2006-05-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi level flash memory device and program method |
US7057958B2 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2006-06-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and system for temperature compensation for memory cells with temperature-dependent behavior |
US20060129750A1 (en) | 2004-12-15 | 2006-06-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for storing multimedia data in nonvolatile storage device in units of blocks |
US7065147B2 (en) | 2000-07-12 | 2006-06-20 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | System and method of data communication using turbo trellis coded modulation combined with constellation shaping with or without precoding |
US20060133141A1 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-22 | Gorobets Sergey A | Erased sector detection mechanisms |
US7068539B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2006-06-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Charge packet metering for coarse/fine programming of non-volatile memory |
US7071849B2 (en) | 2004-04-04 | 2006-07-04 | Guobiao Zhang | Fractional-Bit Systems |
US20060156189A1 (en) | 2004-12-21 | 2006-07-13 | Andrew Tomlin | Method for copying data in reprogrammable non-volatile memory |
US7079555B2 (en) | 1993-03-09 | 2006-07-18 | Pulse Communications, Inc. | Integrated digital loop carrier system with virtual tributary mapper circuit |
US20060179334A1 (en) | 2005-02-09 | 2006-08-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamic power management via DIMM read operation limiter |
US20060190699A1 (en) | 2005-01-19 | 2006-08-24 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method, medium, and apparatus transforming addresses of discs in a disc drive |
US7102924B2 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2006-09-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Techniques of recovering data from memory cells affected by field coupling with adjacent memory cells |
US20060203546A1 (en) | 2005-03-14 | 2006-09-14 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Method of achieving wear leveling in flash memory using relative grades |
US7113432B2 (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2006-09-26 | Sandisk Corporation | Compressed event counting technique and application to a flash memory system |
US20060218359A1 (en) | 2005-03-22 | 2006-09-28 | Sigmatel, Inc. | Method and system for managing multi-plane memory devices |
US20060221692A1 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2006-10-05 | Jian Chen | Compensating for coupling during read operations on non-volatile memory |
US20060221705A1 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-05 | Hemink Gerrit J | Soft programming non-volatile memory utilizing individual verification and additional soft programming of subsets of memory cells |
US20060221714A1 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2006-10-05 | Yan Li | Read operation for non-volatile storage that includes compensation for coupling |
US20060239077A1 (en) | 2005-04-20 | 2006-10-26 | Park Ki-Tae | NAND Flash Memory Device Having Dummy Memory cells and Methods of Operating Same |
US7130210B2 (en) | 2005-01-13 | 2006-10-31 | Spansion Llc | Multi-level ONO flash program algorithm for threshold width control |
US20060256626A1 (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2006-11-16 | Werner Carl W | Integrated Circuit with Analog or Multilevel Storage Cells and User-Selectable Sampling Frequency |
US20060256891A1 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2006-11-16 | Applied Microcircuits Corporation | System for five-level non-causal channel equalization |
US20060256620A1 (en) | 2005-05-11 | 2006-11-16 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming memory devices |
US7139198B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2006-11-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Efficient verification for coarse/fine programming of non-volatile memory |
US20060271748A1 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2006-11-30 | Intel Corporation | Partial page scheme for memory technologies |
US7151692B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2006-12-19 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Operation scheme for programming charge trapping non-volatile memory |
US20060285392A1 (en) | 2005-06-15 | 2006-12-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Selective slow programming convergence in a flash memory device |
US20060285396A1 (en) | 2005-06-17 | 2006-12-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Program method with optimized voltage level for flash memory |
US20070006013A1 (en) | 2000-12-22 | 2007-01-04 | Simpletech, Inc. | Solid-state memory device with protection against power failure |
US20070019481A1 (en) | 2005-07-19 | 2007-01-25 | Park Chul W | Semiconductor memories with block-dedicated programmable latency register |
US7170802B2 (en) | 2003-12-31 | 2007-01-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Flexible and area efficient column redundancy for non-volatile memories |
US7173859B2 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2007-02-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Faster programming of higher level states in multi-level cell flash memory |
US20070033581A1 (en) | 2005-08-02 | 2007-02-08 | Andrew Tomlin | Situation sensitive memory performance |
US7177199B2 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2007-02-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Behavior based programming of non-volatile memory |
US7177200B2 (en) | 2004-02-10 | 2007-02-13 | Msystems Ltd. | Two-phase programming of a flash memory |
US7184338B2 (en) | 2004-08-30 | 2007-02-27 | Spansion Llc | Semiconductor device, semiconductor device testing method, and programming method |
US20070050536A1 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2007-03-01 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Flash drive fast wear leveling |
US20070047314A1 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming method for NAND EEPROM |
US7187195B2 (en) | 2004-11-15 | 2007-03-06 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Parallel compression test circuit of memory device |
US7190614B2 (en) | 2004-06-17 | 2007-03-13 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Operation scheme for programming charge trapping non-volatile memory |
US20070058446A1 (en) | 2005-09-15 | 2007-03-15 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Erase and Program Method of Flash Memory Device for Increasing Program Speed of Flash Memory Device |
US20070061502A1 (en) | 2005-09-09 | 2007-03-15 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Flash memory storage system and method |
US7193921B2 (en) | 2004-06-25 | 2007-03-20 | Samsung Electronics, Co., Ltd. | Cascade wake-up circuit preventing power noise in memory device |
US7193898B2 (en) | 2005-06-20 | 2007-03-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Compensation currents in non-volatile memory read operations |
US20070067667A1 (en) | 2005-09-22 | 2007-03-22 | Fujitsu Limited | Write back method for RAID apparatus |
US7196644B1 (en) | 2004-07-01 | 2007-03-27 | Seagate Technology Llc | Decoupling of analog input and digital output |
US7197594B2 (en) | 2003-09-23 | 2007-03-27 | Infineon Technologies Flash Gmbh & Co. Kg | Circuit, system and method for encoding data to be stored on a non-volatile memory array |
US7196933B2 (en) | 2004-12-10 | 2007-03-27 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | High-speed verifiable semiconductor memory device |
US20070074093A1 (en) | 2005-09-26 | 2007-03-29 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | NAND flash memory controller exporting and NAND interface |
US7200062B2 (en) | 2004-08-31 | 2007-04-03 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and system for reducing the peak current in refreshing dynamic random access memory devices |
US20070086260A1 (en) | 2005-10-13 | 2007-04-19 | Sinclair Alan W | Method of storing transformed units of data in a memory system having fixed sized storage blocks |
US20070086239A1 (en) | 2005-10-17 | 2007-04-19 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Probabilistic error correction in multi-bit-per-cell flash memory |
US20070089034A1 (en) | 2005-10-13 | 2007-04-19 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Method of error correction in MBC flash memory |
US7210077B2 (en) | 2004-01-29 | 2007-04-24 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | System and method for configuring a solid-state storage device with error correction coding |
WO2007046084A2 (en) | 2005-10-17 | 2007-04-26 | Ramot At Tel-Aviv University Ltd. | Probabilistic error correction in multi-bit-per-cell flash memory |
US20070091677A1 (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2007-04-26 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Method for recovering from errors in flash memory |
US20070091694A1 (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2007-04-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Flash memory device capable of improving reliability |
US20070103978A1 (en) | 2005-11-08 | 2007-05-10 | Conley Kevin M | Memory with retargetable memory cell redundancy |
US7221592B2 (en) | 2005-02-25 | 2007-05-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Multiple level programming in a non-volatile memory device |
US20070115726A1 (en) | 2002-10-29 | 2007-05-24 | Guy Cohen | Method, system and circuit for programing a non-volatile memory array |
US20070118713A1 (en) | 2005-11-22 | 2007-05-24 | Guterman Daniel C | Memory system for legacy hosts |
US7231474B1 (en) | 2004-06-01 | 2007-06-12 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Serial interface having a read temperature command |
US7231562B2 (en) | 2003-01-11 | 2007-06-12 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Memory module, test system and method for testing one or a plurality of memory modules |
US20070143531A1 (en) | 2005-12-15 | 2007-06-21 | Atri Sunil R | Power loss recovery for bit alterable memory |
US20070143378A1 (en) | 2005-12-21 | 2007-06-21 | Gorobets Sergey A | Non-volatile memories with adaptive file handling in a directly mapped file storage system |
US20070159892A1 (en) | 2006-01-12 | 2007-07-12 | Dong-Ku Kang | Programming method for flash memory capable of compensating reduction of read margin between states due to high temperature stress |
US20070159889A1 (en) | 2006-01-12 | 2007-07-12 | Dong-Ku Kang | Programming method for flash memory capable of compensating reduction of read margin between states due to hot temperature stress |
US20070159907A1 (en) | 2006-01-09 | 2007-07-12 | Pan-Suk Kwak | Multi-chip package reducing peak power-up current |
US20070168837A1 (en) | 2006-01-18 | 2007-07-19 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Method for implementing error-correction codes in flash memory |
US20070171714A1 (en) | 2006-01-20 | 2007-07-26 | Marvell International Ltd. | Flash memory with coding and signal processing |
US7254690B2 (en) | 2003-06-02 | 2007-08-07 | S. Aqua Semiconductor Llc | Pipelined semiconductor memories and systems |
US7254763B2 (en) | 2004-09-01 | 2007-08-07 | Agere Systems Inc. | Built-in self test for memory arrays using error correction coding |
US20070183210A1 (en) | 2006-02-01 | 2007-08-09 | Choi Ki-Hwan | Program method of flash memory capable of compensating read margin reduced due to charge loss |
US7257027B2 (en) | 2005-06-30 | 2007-08-14 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Non-volatile memory device, and multi-page program, read and copyback program method thereof |
US20070189073A1 (en) | 2006-02-16 | 2007-08-16 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming method to reduce gate coupling interference for non-volatile memory |
US20070195602A1 (en) | 2004-12-23 | 2007-08-23 | Yupin Fong | Reducing floating gate to floating gate coupling effect |
US7266069B2 (en) | 2004-02-06 | 2007-09-04 | Via Technologies, Inc., | Method and apparatus for retry calculation in an optical disk device |
US7266026B2 (en) | 2002-08-29 | 2007-09-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Symbol frequency leveling in a storage system |
US20070206426A1 (en) | 2006-03-03 | 2007-09-06 | Nima Mokhlesi | System for performing read operation on non-volatile storage with compensation for coupling |
US20070208904A1 (en) | 2006-03-03 | 2007-09-06 | Wu-Han Hsieh | Wear leveling method and apparatus for nonvolatile memory |
US7272757B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2007-09-18 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Method for testing a memory chip and test arrangement |
US7274611B2 (en) | 2001-12-12 | 2007-09-25 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and architecture to calibrate read operations in synchronous flash memory |
US20070226599A1 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2007-09-27 | Broadcom Corporation, A California Corporation | Symbol by symbol map detection for signals corrupted by colored and/or signal dependent noise |
US7277355B2 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2007-10-02 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for generating temperature-compensated read and verify operations in flash memories |
US7280398B1 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2007-10-09 | Micron Technology, Inc. | System and memory for sequential multi-plane page memory operations |
US7280415B2 (en) | 2005-07-25 | 2007-10-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Flash memory device and method of repairing defects and trimming voltages |
US7280409B2 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2007-10-09 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Non-volatile memory device with threshold voltage control function |
US20070236990A1 (en) | 2006-03-28 | 2007-10-11 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming method to reduce word line to word line breakdown for NAND flash |
US7289344B2 (en) | 2005-11-10 | 2007-10-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Reverse coupling effect with timing information for non-volatile memory |
US20070253249A1 (en) | 2006-04-26 | 2007-11-01 | Sang-Gu Kang | Multi-bit nonvolatile memory device and related programming method |
US20070256620A1 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2007-11-08 | Autotether, Inc. | Sailboat safety system for a person falling overboard |
US20070266232A1 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2007-11-15 | Stephane Rodgers | Method and System For Command Interface Protection To Achieve a Secure Interface |
US20070263455A1 (en) * | 2006-05-15 | 2007-11-15 | Apple Inc. | Iterative Memory Cell Charging Based on Reference Cell Value |
US20070271424A1 (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2007-11-22 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Memory module, a memory system including a memory controller and a memory module and methods thereof |
WO2007132456A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with adaptive capacity |
WO2007132452A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies | Reducing programming error in memory devices |
WO2007132453A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Distortion estimation and cancellation in memory devices |
WO2007132457A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Combined distortion estimation and error correction coding for memory devices |
WO2007132458A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device programming using combined shaping and linear spreading |
US7301817B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2007-11-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for programming of multi-state non-volatile memory using smart verify |
US20070280000A1 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2007-12-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of writing data to a semiconductor memory device |
US7308525B2 (en) | 2005-01-10 | 2007-12-11 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Method of managing a multi-bit cell flash memory with improved reliablility and performance |
US7310272B1 (en) | 2006-06-02 | 2007-12-18 | Sandisk Corporation | System for performing data pattern sensitivity compensation using different voltage |
US7310255B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2007-12-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with improved program-verify operations |
US7310347B2 (en) | 2004-03-14 | 2007-12-18 | Sandisk, Il Ltd. | States encoding in multi-bit flash cells |
US7310271B2 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2007-12-18 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Program-verify method of non-volatile memory device |
US20070291571A1 (en) | 2006-06-08 | 2007-12-20 | Intel Corporation | Increasing the battery life of a mobile computing system in a reduced power state through memory compression |
WO2007146010A2 (en) | 2006-06-06 | 2007-12-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming a non-volatile memory device |
US20070297234A1 (en) | 2003-09-17 | 2007-12-27 | Raul-Adrian Cernea | Non-Volatile Memory And Method With Bit Line To Bit Line Coupled Compensation |
US20080010395A1 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2008-01-10 | Nokia Corporation | Performance optimization in solid-state media |
US7321509B2 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2008-01-22 | Sandisk Corporation | Compensating for coupling in non-volatile storage |
US7328384B1 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2008-02-05 | Xilinx, Inc. | Method and apparatus using device defects as an identifier |
US20080043535A1 (en) | 2006-08-18 | 2008-02-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and system for minimizing number of programming pulses used to program rows of non-volatile memory cells |
US20080049506A1 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2008-02-28 | Guterman Daniel C | Alternate Row-Based Reading and Writing for Non-Volatile Memory |
US20080049504A1 (en) | 2004-05-19 | 2008-02-28 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Memory Control Circuit, Nonvolatile Storage Apparatus, and Memory Control Method |
US20080052446A1 (en) | 2006-08-28 | 2008-02-28 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Logical super block mapping for NAND flash memory |
WO2008026203A2 (en) | 2006-08-27 | 2008-03-06 | Anobit Technologies | Estimation of non-linear distortion in memory devices |
US7342831B2 (en) | 2006-06-16 | 2008-03-11 | Sandisk Corporation | System for operating non-volatile memory using temperature compensation of voltages of unselected word lines and select gates |
US7343330B1 (en) | 2001-06-26 | 2008-03-11 | Boesjes Eimar M | Systems and methods for acquisition, evaluation, inventory, distribution, and/or re-sale of pre-owned recorded data products |
US7345928B2 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2008-03-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Data recovery methods in multi-state memory after program fail |
US7349263B2 (en) | 2005-06-27 | 2008-03-25 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Circuit and method for adaptive incremental step-pulse programming in a flash memory device |
US20080082730A1 (en) | 2006-10-03 | 2008-04-03 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-chip flash memory device and copy-back method thereof |
US20080080243A1 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2008-04-03 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor memory device |
US20080089123A1 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2008-04-17 | Dong-Hyuk Chae | Method for Programming a Multi-Level Non-Volatile Memory Device |
US7363420B2 (en) | 2003-12-15 | 2008-04-22 | Nortel Networks Limited | Method and file structures for managing data on a flash disk |
US7365671B1 (en) | 2006-10-10 | 2008-04-29 | Seagate Technology Llc | Communication channel with undersampled interpolative timing recovery |
US20080104309A1 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2008-05-01 | Cheon Won-Moon | Flash memory device with multi-level cells and method of writing data therein |
US20080109590A1 (en) | 2006-11-03 | 2008-05-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Flash memory system and garbage collection method thereof |
WO2008053473A2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2008-05-08 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory cell readout using successive approximation |
WO2008053472A2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2008-05-08 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
US20080115017A1 (en) | 2006-10-31 | 2008-05-15 | Jacobson Michael B | Detection and correction of block-level data corruption in fault-tolerant data-storage systems |
US20080123420A1 (en) | 2006-11-03 | 2008-05-29 | Yigal Brandman | Nonvolatile Memory With Variable Read Threshold |
US20080126686A1 (en) | 2006-11-28 | 2008-05-29 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory power and performance management |
US20080130341A1 (en) | 2006-12-03 | 2008-06-05 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Adaptive programming of analog memory |
WO2008068747A2 (en) | 2006-12-03 | 2008-06-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Automatic defect management in memory devices |
US7388781B2 (en) | 2006-03-06 | 2008-06-17 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Multi-bit-per-cell flash memory device with non-bijective mapping |
US20080148115A1 (en) | 2006-12-17 | 2008-06-19 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | High-speed programming of memory devices |
US20080151618A1 (en) | 2006-12-24 | 2008-06-26 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Flash memory device and system with randomizing for suppressing errors |
US20080151667A1 (en) | 2006-12-21 | 2008-06-26 | Semiconductor Manufacturing International ( Shanghai) Corporation | Method for Decreasing Program Disturb in Memory Cells |
US20080158958A1 (en) | 2006-12-17 | 2008-07-03 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with reduced reading |
WO2008077284A1 (en) | 2006-12-27 | 2008-07-03 | Intel Corporation | Initiative wear leveling for non-volatile memory |
WO2008083131A2 (en) | 2006-12-27 | 2008-07-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for programming with initial programming voltage based on trial |
US7405974B2 (en) | 2003-05-20 | 2008-07-29 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Semiconductor memory device, page buffer resource assigning method and circuit therefor, computer system and mobile electronic device |
US20080181001A1 (en) | 2007-01-24 | 2008-07-31 | Anobit Technologies | Memory device with negative thresholds |
US7409473B2 (en) | 2004-12-21 | 2008-08-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Off-chip data relocation |
US7409623B2 (en) | 2004-11-04 | 2008-08-05 | Sigmatel, Inc. | System and method of reading non-volatile computer memory |
US7408810B2 (en) | 2006-02-22 | 2008-08-05 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Minimizing effects of program disturb in a memory device |
US20080198654A1 (en) | 2005-07-25 | 2008-08-21 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor memory device |
WO2008099958A1 (en) | 2007-02-14 | 2008-08-21 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of writing data into semiconductor memory and memory controller |
US20080209116A1 (en) | 2006-05-23 | 2008-08-28 | Jason Caulkins | Multi-Processor Flash Memory Storage Device and Management System |
US20080209304A1 (en) | 2005-05-09 | 2008-08-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Convolution-Encoded RAID with Trellis-Decode-Rebuild |
US7420847B2 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2008-09-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory having data recovery after program fail |
US20080215798A1 (en) | 2006-12-24 | 2008-09-04 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Randomizing for suppressing errors in a flash memory |
US20080219050A1 (en) | 2007-01-24 | 2008-09-11 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Reduction of back pattern dependency effects in memory devices |
WO2008111058A2 (en) | 2007-03-12 | 2008-09-18 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Adaptive estimation of memory cell read thresholds |
US20080239093A1 (en) | 2001-02-07 | 2008-10-02 | Lightsurf Technologies, Inc. | Digital Camera Device Providing Improved Methodology for Rapidly Taking Successive Pictures |
US20080239812A1 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2008-10-02 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory system |
US7433231B2 (en) | 2006-04-26 | 2008-10-07 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Multiple select gates with non-volatile memory cells |
US7434111B2 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2008-10-07 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile memory system having a pseudo pass function |
US7433697B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2008-10-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Synchronized UWB piconets for Simultaneously Operating Piconet performance |
WO2008124760A2 (en) | 2007-04-10 | 2008-10-16 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method for predictive programming |
US7440324B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2008-10-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Apparatus with alternating read mode |
US7440331B2 (en) | 2006-06-01 | 2008-10-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Verify operation for non-volatile storage using different voltages |
US20080263262A1 (en) | 2007-04-22 | 2008-10-23 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Command interface for memory devices |
US20080263676A1 (en) | 2007-04-17 | 2008-10-23 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | System and method for protecting data information stored in storage |
US20080270730A1 (en) | 2007-04-30 | 2008-10-30 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Method for efficient storage of metadata in flash memory |
US7447970B2 (en) | 2004-06-16 | 2008-11-04 | Seagate Technology, Inc. | Soft-decision decoding using selective bit flipping |
US7450421B2 (en) | 2006-06-02 | 2008-11-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Data pattern sensitivity compensation using different voltage |
US20080282106A1 (en) | 2007-05-12 | 2008-11-13 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Data storage with incremental redundancy |
WO2008139441A2 (en) | 2007-05-12 | 2008-11-20 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with internal signal processing unit |
US20080288714A1 (en) | 2007-05-15 | 2008-11-20 | Sandisk Il Ltd | File storage in a computer system with diverse storage media |
US7457163B2 (en) | 2006-06-01 | 2008-11-25 | Sandisk Corporation | System for verifying non-volatile storage using different voltages |
US7457897B1 (en) | 2004-03-17 | 2008-11-25 | Suoer Talent Electronics, Inc. | PCI express-compatible controller and interface for flash memory |
US7460410B2 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2008-12-02 | Panasonic Corporation | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device and programming or erasing method therefor |
US7460412B2 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2008-12-02 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Flash memory device and erasing method thereof |
US7466592B2 (en) | 2003-09-12 | 2008-12-16 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Semiconductor memory device |
US7468911B2 (en) | 2006-11-02 | 2008-12-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory using multiple boosting modes for reduced program disturb |
US7471581B2 (en) | 1999-01-14 | 2008-12-30 | Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. | Wide dynamic range and high speed voltage mode sensing for a multilevel digital non-volatile memory |
US20090013233A1 (en) | 2007-07-06 | 2009-01-08 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Error recovery storage along a nand-flash string |
US7483319B2 (en) | 2005-02-25 | 2009-01-27 | Brown Terry C | Method and system for reducing volatile memory DRAM power budget |
US7487329B2 (en) | 2005-06-06 | 2009-02-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Page replacement policy for systems having multiple page sizes |
US20090034337A1 (en) | 2007-08-01 | 2009-02-05 | Seiichi Aritome | Method, apparatus, and system for improved read operation in memory |
US20090043831A1 (en) | 2007-08-11 | 2009-02-12 | Mcm Portfolio Llc | Smart Solid State Drive And Method For Handling Critical Files |
US20090043951A1 (en) | 2007-08-06 | 2009-02-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Programming schemes for multi-level analog memory cells |
US7492641B2 (en) | 2005-06-22 | 2009-02-17 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
US20090049234A1 (en) | 2007-08-14 | 2009-02-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Solid state memory (ssm), computer system including an ssm, and method of operating an ssm |
US20090073762A1 (en) | 2007-08-30 | 2009-03-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods of operating multi-bit flash memory devices and related systems |
US7508710B2 (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2009-03-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Operating non-volatile memory with boost structures |
WO2009038961A2 (en) | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-26 | Sandisk Corporation | Nonvolatile memory and method for compensating during programming for perturbing charges of neighboring cells |
WO2009037691A2 (en) | 2007-09-19 | 2009-03-26 | Anobit Technologies | Programming orders for reducing distortion in arrays of multi-level analog memory cells |
WO2009037697A2 (en) | 2007-09-20 | 2009-03-26 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Improved systems and methods for determining logical values of coupled flash memory cells |
US20090089484A1 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2009-04-02 | Phison Electronics Corp. | Data protection method for power failure and controller using the same |
US20090086542A1 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2009-04-02 | Dana Lee | High Voltage Generation and Control in Source-Side Injection Programming of Non-Volatile Memory |
US20090091979A1 (en) | 2007-10-08 | 2009-04-09 | Anobit Technologies | Reliable data storage in analog memory cells in the presence of temperature variations |
US20090094930A1 (en) | 2006-05-10 | 2009-04-16 | Artur Schwoerer | Wooden Lattice Girder for Construction |
WO2009050703A2 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2009-04-23 | Anobit Technologies | Data storage in analog memory cell arrays having erase failures |
US20090106485A1 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2009-04-23 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Reading analog memory cells using built-in multi-threshold commands |
US7526711B2 (en) | 2004-10-14 | 2009-04-28 | Nec Electronics Corporation | Decoding method and device for repeatedly decoding first and second encoded data |
US20090112949A1 (en) | 2007-10-31 | 2009-04-30 | Microsoft Corporation | Compressed storage management |
WO2009053962A2 (en) | 2007-10-22 | 2009-04-30 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for averaging error rates in non-volatile devices and storage systems |
WO2009053963A2 (en) | 2007-10-22 | 2009-04-30 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Methods for adaptively programming flash memory devices and flash memory systems incorporating same |
WO2009053961A2 (en) | 2007-10-25 | 2009-04-30 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for multiple coding rates in flash devices |
US20090132755A1 (en) | 2007-11-21 | 2009-05-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Fault-tolerant non-volatile integrated circuit memory |
WO2009063450A2 (en) | 2007-11-13 | 2009-05-22 | Anobit Technologies | Optimized selection of memory units in multi-unit memory devices |
US7539061B2 (en) | 2006-05-10 | 2009-05-26 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Method of programming flash memory device |
US7539062B2 (en) | 2006-12-20 | 2009-05-26 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Interleaved memory program and verify method, device and system |
US20090144600A1 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2009-06-04 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Efficient re-read operations from memory devices |
WO2009072100A2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2009-06-11 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for temporarily retiring memory portions |
WO2009072103A2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2009-06-11 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Flash memory apparatus and methods using a plurality of decoding stages including optional use of concatenated bch codes and/or designation of 'first below' cells |
WO2009072105A2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2009-06-11 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | A low power chien-search based bch/rs decoding system for flash memory, mobile communications devices and other applications |
US20090150894A1 (en) | 2007-12-10 | 2009-06-11 | Ming Huang | Nonvolatile memory (NVM) based solid-state disk (SSD) system for scaling and quality of service (QoS) by parallelizing command execution |
US20090157950A1 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2009-06-18 | Robert David Selinger | NAND flash module replacement for DRAM module |
US20090157964A1 (en) | 2007-12-16 | 2009-06-18 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Efficient data storage in multi-plane memory devices |
WO2009074978A2 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2009-06-18 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for error correction and decoding on multi-level physical media |
US20090158126A1 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2009-06-18 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Efficient interference cancellation in analog memory cell arrays |
WO2009074979A2 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2009-06-18 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Chien-search system employing a clock-gating scheme to save power for error correction decoder and other applications |
US7551492B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2009-06-23 | Mosaid Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile semiconductor memory with page erase |
WO2009078006A2 (en) | 2007-12-18 | 2009-06-25 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Apparatus for coding at a plurality of rates in multi-level flash memory systems, and methods useful in conjunction therewith |
US20090168524A1 (en) | 2007-12-27 | 2009-07-02 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Wear level estimation in analog memory cells |
US20090172261A1 (en) | 2007-12-27 | 2009-07-02 | Pliant Technology, Inc. | Multiprocessor storage controller |
US7558839B1 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2009-07-07 | Netapp, Inc. | Read-after-write verification for improved write-once-read-many data storage |
US7568135B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2009-07-28 | Apple Inc. | Use of alternative value in cell detection |
US20090193184A1 (en) | 2003-12-02 | 2009-07-30 | Super Talent Electronics Inc. | Hybrid 2-Level Mapping Tables for Hybrid Block- and Page-Mode Flash-Memory System |
US7570520B2 (en) | 2006-12-27 | 2009-08-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage system with initial programming voltage based on trial |
WO2009095902A2 (en) | 2008-01-31 | 2009-08-06 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for handling immediate data errors in flash memory |
US20090199074A1 (en) | 2008-02-05 | 2009-08-06 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Parameter estimation based on error correction code parity check equations |
US20090204872A1 (en) | 2003-12-02 | 2009-08-13 | Super Talent Electronics Inc. | Command Queuing Smart Storage Transfer Manager for Striping Data to Raw-NAND Flash Modules |
US20090204824A1 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2009-08-13 | Lin Jason T | System, method and memory device providing data scrambling compatible with on-chip copy operation |
US20090213654A1 (en) | 2008-02-24 | 2009-08-27 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Programming analog memory cells for reduced variance after retention |
US20090213653A1 (en) | 2008-02-21 | 2009-08-27 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Programming of analog memory cells using a single programming pulse per state transition |
US20090228761A1 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2009-09-10 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Efficient readout from analog memory cells using data compression |
US20090225595A1 (en) | 2006-09-13 | 2009-09-10 | Mosaid Technologies Incorporated | Flash multi-level threshold distribution scheme |
US7590002B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2009-09-15 | Sandisk Corporation | Resistance sensing and compensation for non-volatile storage |
US7594093B1 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2009-09-22 | Foundry Networks, Inc. | Virtual memory mapping for efficient memory usage |
US20090240872A1 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2009-09-24 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Memory device with multiple-accuracy read commands |
US7596707B1 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2009-09-29 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | System and method for efficient power throttling in multiprocessor chip |
US20090265509A1 (en) | 2007-01-22 | 2009-10-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Memory system and method having volatile and non-volatile memory devices at same hierarchical level |
US7609787B2 (en) | 2002-10-01 | 2009-10-27 | Tdf | Reception of a signal modulated according to a multilevel coding technique |
US7613043B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2009-11-03 | Apple Inc. | Shifting reference values to account for voltage sag |
US7616498B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2009-11-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage system with resistance sensing and compensation |
US7619918B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2009-11-17 | Intel Corporation | Apparatus, method, and system for flash memory |
US20090300227A1 (en) | 2008-05-27 | 2009-12-03 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Method of monitoring host activity |
US7633802B2 (en) | 2006-06-22 | 2009-12-15 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-real time reprogramming of non-volatile memory to achieve tighter distribution of threshold voltages |
US7633798B2 (en) | 2007-11-21 | 2009-12-15 | Micron Technology, Inc. | M+N bit programming and M+L bit read for M bit memory cells |
US7639532B2 (en) | 2007-10-10 | 2009-12-29 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Non-equal threshold voltage ranges in MLC NAND |
US20090323412A1 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2009-12-31 | Nima Mokhlesi | Read disturb mitigation in non-volatile memory |
US20090327608A1 (en) | 2008-06-26 | 2009-12-31 | Eschmann Michael K | Accelerated resume from hibernation in a cached disk system |
US7644347B2 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2010-01-05 | Intel Corporation | Silent data corruption mitigation using error correction code with embedded signaling fault detection |
US20100017650A1 (en) | 2008-07-19 | 2010-01-21 | Nanostar Corporation, U.S.A | Non-volatile memory data storage system with reliability management |
US7656734B2 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2010-02-02 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Methods and apparatus for extending the effective thermal operating range of a memory |
US7660183B2 (en) | 2005-08-01 | 2010-02-09 | Rambus Inc. | Low power memory device |
US7661054B2 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2010-02-09 | Intel Corporation | Methods and arrangements to remap degraded storage blocks |
US20100034022A1 (en) | 2008-08-08 | 2010-02-11 | Deepanshu Dutta | Compensating for coupling during read operations in non-volatile storage |
US7665007B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2010-02-16 | Seagate Technology, Llc | Retrial and reread methods and apparatus for recording channels |
US20100057976A1 (en) | 2008-08-26 | 2010-03-04 | Menahem Lasser | Multiple performance mode memory system |
US20100061151A1 (en) | 2008-09-11 | 2010-03-11 | Toru Miwa | Multi-pass programming for memory with reduced data storage requirement |
US7680987B1 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2010-03-16 | Emc Corporation | Sub-page-granular cache coherency using shared virtual memory mechanism |
US20100083247A1 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2010-04-01 | Netapp, Inc. | System And Method Of Providing Multiple Virtual Machines With Shared Access To Non-Volatile Solid-State Memory Using RDMA |
US20100082883A1 (en) | 2008-10-01 | 2010-04-01 | Ming-Dar Chen | Hybrid density memory system and control method thereof |
US20100110580A1 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2010-05-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Magnetic disk device |
US20100124088A1 (en) | 2008-11-16 | 2010-05-20 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Storage at m bits/cell density in n bits/cell analog memory cell devices, m>n |
US20100131697A1 (en) | 2008-11-23 | 2010-05-27 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Methods for tag-grouping of blocks in storage devices |
US7733712B1 (en) | 2008-05-20 | 2010-06-08 | Siliconsystems, Inc. | Storage subsystem with embedded circuit for protecting against anomalies in power signal from host |
US20100142277A1 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2010-06-10 | Yang Chang Won | Page buffer circuit, nonvolatile memory device including the page buffer circuit, and method of operating the nonvolatile memory device |
US7742351B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2010-06-22 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device and electronic device |
US20100157675A1 (en) | 2007-09-19 | 2010-06-24 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Programming orders for reducing distortion in arrays of multi-level analog memory cells |
US20100169743A1 (en) | 2008-12-31 | 2010-07-01 | Andrew Wayne Vogan | Error correction in a solid state disk |
US20100169547A1 (en) | 2008-12-25 | 2010-07-01 | Silicon Motion, Inc. | Method for preventing data loss during solder reflow process and memory device using the same |
US20100165689A1 (en) | 2008-12-31 | 2010-07-01 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Rejuvenation of analog memory cells |
US20100174847A1 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2010-07-08 | Alexander Paley | Non-Volatile Memory and Method With Write Cache Partition Management Methods |
US7761624B2 (en) | 2006-09-28 | 2010-07-20 | Virident Systems, Inc. | Systems and apparatus for main memory with non-volatile type memory modules, and related technologies |
US20100220509A1 (en) | 2009-03-01 | 2010-09-02 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Selective Activation of Programming Schemes in Analog Memory Cell Arrays |
US20100250836A1 (en) | 2009-03-25 | 2010-09-30 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Use of Host System Resources by Memory Controller |
US7810017B2 (en) | 2006-03-20 | 2010-10-05 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Variable sector-count ECC |
US7869273B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2011-01-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing the impact of interference during programming |
US7885119B2 (en) | 2006-07-20 | 2011-02-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Compensating for coupling during programming |
WO2011024015A1 (en) | 2009-08-25 | 2011-03-03 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Restoring data into a flash storage device |
US20110066793A1 (en) | 2009-09-15 | 2011-03-17 | Gregory Burd | Implementing RAID In Solid State Memory |
US20110075482A1 (en) | 2009-09-29 | 2011-03-31 | Zac Shepard | Maintaining integrity of preloaded content in non-volatile memory during surface mounting |
US7925936B1 (en) | 2007-07-13 | 2011-04-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with non-uniform programming levels |
US7924613B1 (en) | 2008-08-05 | 2011-04-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Data storage in analog memory cells with protection against programming interruption |
US7928497B2 (en) | 2006-09-20 | 2011-04-19 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory and manufacturing method thereof |
US7930515B2 (en) | 2008-07-29 | 2011-04-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Virtual memory management |
US20110107049A1 (en) | 2009-11-02 | 2011-05-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus adapted to prevent code data from being lost in solder reflow |
US7945825B2 (en) | 2007-11-25 | 2011-05-17 | Spansion Isreal, Ltd | Recovery while programming non-volatile memory (NVM) |
US20110199823A1 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2011-08-18 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Preloading data into a flash storage device |
US8014094B1 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2011-09-06 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Disk drive expediting defect scan when quality metric exceeds a more stringent threshold |
US8037380B2 (en) | 2008-07-08 | 2011-10-11 | International Business Machines Corporation | Verifying data integrity of a non-volatile memory system during data caching process |
US8040744B2 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2011-10-18 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Spare block management of non-volatile memories |
US20110302354A1 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2011-12-08 | Conexant Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for reliable multi-level cell flash storage |
-
2007
- 2007-10-30 US US11/995,814 patent/US7975192B2/en active Active
- 2007-10-30 WO PCT/IL2007/001315 patent/WO2008053472A2/en active Application Filing
-
2011
- 2011-05-24 US US13/114,049 patent/US8145984B2/en not_active Ceased
-
2014
- 2014-03-26 US US14/226,413 patent/USRE46346E1/en active Active
Patent Citations (595)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3668632A (en) | 1969-02-13 | 1972-06-06 | Ibm | Fast decode character error detection and correction system |
US3668631A (en) | 1969-02-13 | 1972-06-06 | Ibm | Error detection and correction system with statistically optimized data recovery |
US4910706A (en) | 1972-09-11 | 1990-03-20 | Hyatt Gilbert P | Analog memory for storing digital information |
US4058851A (en) | 1976-10-18 | 1977-11-15 | Sperry Rand Corporation | Conditional bypass of error correction for dual memory access time selection |
US4112502A (en) | 1976-10-18 | 1978-09-05 | Sperry Rand Corporation | Conditional bypass of error correction for dual memory access time selection |
US4394763A (en) | 1979-08-31 | 1983-07-19 | Fujitsu Limited | Error-correcting system |
US4556961A (en) | 1981-05-26 | 1985-12-03 | Tokyo Shibaura Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Semiconductor memory with delay means to reduce peak currents |
US4413339A (en) | 1981-06-24 | 1983-11-01 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Multiple error detecting and correcting system employing Reed-Solomon codes |
US4558431A (en) | 1982-12-10 | 1985-12-10 | Nec Corporation | Memory system for storing analog information |
US4608687A (en) | 1983-09-13 | 1986-08-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Bit steering apparatus and method for correcting errors in stored data, storing the address of the corrected data and using the address to maintain a correct data condition |
US4661929A (en) | 1983-12-23 | 1987-04-28 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Semiconductor memory having multiple level storage structure |
US4811285A (en) | 1984-04-02 | 1989-03-07 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Analog storage integrated circuit |
US4768171A (en) | 1984-06-20 | 1988-08-30 | Nec Corporation | Memory circuit having a plurality of cell arrays |
US4654847A (en) | 1984-12-28 | 1987-03-31 | International Business Machines | Apparatus for automatically correcting erroneous data and for storing the corrected data in a common pool alternate memory array |
US4899342A (en) | 1988-02-01 | 1990-02-06 | Thinking Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for operating multi-unit array of memories |
US5056089A (en) | 1988-02-08 | 1991-10-08 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Memory device |
US5287469A (en) | 1988-12-27 | 1994-02-15 | Nec Corporation | Electrically erasable and programmable non-volatile memory (EEPROM), wherein write pulses can be interrupted by subsequently received read requests |
US5077722A (en) | 1989-01-06 | 1991-12-31 | Convex Computer Corporation | Disk drive insertion and removal interlock |
US4993029A (en) | 1989-03-13 | 1991-02-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for randomizing data in a direct access storage device |
US5276649A (en) | 1989-03-16 | 1994-01-04 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Dynamic-type semiconductor memory device having staggered activation of column groups |
US5172338A (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1992-12-15 | Sundisk Corporation | Multi-state EEprom read and write circuits and techniques |
US5172338B1 (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1997-07-08 | Sandisk Corp | Multi-state eeprom read and write circuits and techniques |
US5163021A (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1992-11-10 | Sundisk Corporation | Multi-state EEprom read and write circuits and techniques |
US5877986A (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1999-03-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state Flash EEprom system on a card that includes defective cell substitution |
US5991517A (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1999-11-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Flash EEprom system with cell by cell programming verification |
US5200959A (en) | 1989-10-17 | 1993-04-06 | Sundisk Corporation | Device and method for defect handling in semi-conductor memory |
US5126808A (en) | 1989-10-23 | 1992-06-30 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Flash EEPROM array with paged erase architecture |
US5182752A (en) | 1990-06-29 | 1993-01-26 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Method and apparatus for transferring data between a data bus and a data storage device |
US6584012B2 (en) | 1991-02-08 | 2003-06-24 | Btg International Inc. | Electrically alterable non-volatile memory with N-bits per cell |
US5191584A (en) | 1991-02-20 | 1993-03-02 | Micropolis Corporation | Mass storage array with efficient parity calculation |
US5272669A (en) | 1991-02-20 | 1993-12-21 | Sundisk Corporation | Method and structure for programming floating gate memory cells |
US5469444A (en) | 1991-03-12 | 1995-11-21 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Electrically erasable and programmable non-volatile memory system with write-verify controller using two reference levels |
US5519831A (en) | 1991-06-12 | 1996-05-21 | Intel Corporation | Non-volatile disk cache |
US6230233B1 (en) | 1991-09-13 | 2001-05-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Wear leveling techniques for flash EEPROM systems |
US5237535A (en) | 1991-10-09 | 1993-08-17 | Intel Corporation | Method of repairing overerased cells in a flash memory |
US5182558A (en) | 1991-10-25 | 1993-01-26 | Halliburton Geophysical Services, Inc. | System for generating correction signals for use in forming low distortion analog signals |
US5388064A (en) | 1991-11-26 | 1995-02-07 | Information Storage Devices, Inc. | Programmable non-volatile analog voltage source devices and methods |
US6317363B1 (en) | 1992-01-14 | 2001-11-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory |
US6275419B1 (en) | 1992-01-14 | 2001-08-14 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory |
US6317364B1 (en) | 1992-01-14 | 2001-11-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory |
US6222762B1 (en) | 1992-01-14 | 2001-04-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory |
US6856546B2 (en) | 1992-01-14 | 2005-02-15 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory |
US5532962A (en) | 1992-05-20 | 1996-07-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Soft errors handling in EEPROM devices |
US5657332A (en) * | 1992-05-20 | 1997-08-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Soft errors handling in EEPROM devices |
US5450424A (en) | 1992-07-27 | 1995-09-12 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Semiconductor memory device with error checking and correcting function |
US5479170A (en) | 1992-10-16 | 1995-12-26 | California Institute Of Technology | Method and apparatus for long-term multi-valued storage in dynamic analog memory |
US5473753A (en) | 1992-10-30 | 1995-12-05 | Intel Corporation | Method of managing defects in flash disk memories |
US5416782A (en) | 1992-10-30 | 1995-05-16 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for improving data failure rate testing for memory arrays |
US5416646A (en) | 1992-11-12 | 1995-05-16 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Data recording and reproducing apparatus having read/write circuit with programmable parameter means |
US5761402A (en) | 1993-03-08 | 1998-06-02 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Array type disk system updating redundant data asynchronously with data access |
US7079555B2 (en) | 1993-03-09 | 2006-07-18 | Pulse Communications, Inc. | Integrated digital loop carrier system with virtual tributary mapper circuit |
US5365484A (en) | 1993-08-23 | 1994-11-15 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Independent array grounds for flash EEPROM array with paged erase architechture |
US6577539B2 (en) | 1993-08-27 | 2003-06-10 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device with programming voltage generating system and data programming method |
US6738293B1 (en) | 1993-08-27 | 2004-05-18 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device and data programming method |
US5446854A (en) | 1993-10-20 | 1995-08-29 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Virtual memory computer apparatus and address translation mechanism employing hashing scheme and page frame descriptor that support multiple page sizes |
US6101614A (en) | 1994-05-24 | 2000-08-08 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for automatically scrubbing ECC errors in memory via hardware |
US5600677A (en) | 1994-07-08 | 1997-02-04 | Zenith Electronics Corporation | Trellis coded modulation system for digital television signal |
US5726649A (en) | 1994-09-05 | 1998-03-10 | Yamaha Corporation | Control device suitable for use in an apparatus for reproducing video, audio and accompanying characters |
EP0783754B1 (en) | 1994-09-29 | 2001-07-11 | Intel Corporation | Sensing state of a memory by variable gate voltage |
WO1996010256A1 (en) | 1994-09-29 | 1996-04-04 | Intel Corporation | Sensing state of a memory by variable gate voltage |
US5508958A (en) | 1994-09-29 | 1996-04-16 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for sensing the state of floating gate memory cells by applying a variable gate voltage |
US5942004A (en) | 1994-10-31 | 1999-08-24 | Stmicroelectronics, S.R.L. | Device and a method for storing data and corresponding error-correction information |
US5638320A (en) | 1994-11-02 | 1997-06-10 | Invoice Technology, Inc. | High resolution analog storage EPROM and flash EPROM |
US5541886A (en) | 1994-12-27 | 1996-07-30 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for storing control information in multi-bit non-volatile memory arrays |
US5838832A (en) | 1995-04-03 | 1998-11-17 | Iterated Systems, Inc. | Method and system for representing a data set with a data transforming function and data mask |
US5751637A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-05-12 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Automatic programming algorithm for page mode flash memory with variable programming pulse height and pulse width |
US5860106A (en) | 1995-07-13 | 1999-01-12 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for dynamically adjusting power/performance characteristics of a memory subsystem |
US5801985A (en) | 1995-07-28 | 1998-09-01 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Memory system having programmable control parameters |
US5799200A (en) | 1995-09-28 | 1998-08-25 | Emc Corporation | Power failure responsive apparatus and method having a shadow dram, a flash ROM, an auxiliary battery, and a controller |
US5687114A (en) | 1995-10-06 | 1997-11-11 | Agate Semiconductor, Inc. | Integrated circuit for storage and retrieval of multiple digital bits per nonvolatile memory cell |
US5696717A (en) | 1995-10-16 | 1997-12-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Nonvolatile integrated circuit memory devices having adjustable erase/program threshold voltage verification capability |
US5742752A (en) | 1995-12-29 | 1998-04-21 | Symbios Logic Inc. | Method for performing a RAID stripe write operation using a drive XOR command set |
US5675540A (en) | 1996-01-22 | 1997-10-07 | Micron Quantum Devices, Inc. | Non-volatile memory system having internal data verification test mode |
US5682352A (en) | 1996-02-08 | 1997-10-28 | Invoice Technology, Inc. | Digital testing of analog memory devices |
US5867114A (en) | 1996-02-29 | 1999-02-02 | Mitel Corporation | Method and apparatus for performing data compression |
US5748534A (en) | 1996-03-26 | 1998-05-05 | Invox Technology | Feedback loop for reading threshold voltage |
US5748533A (en) | 1996-03-26 | 1998-05-05 | Invoice Technology, Inc. | Read circuit which uses a coarse-to-fine search when reading the threshold voltage of a memory cell |
US5726934A (en) | 1996-04-09 | 1998-03-10 | Information Storage Devices, Inc. | Method and apparatus for analog reading values stored in floating gate structures |
US6363454B1 (en) | 1996-04-23 | 2002-03-26 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Memory system having flexible architecture and method |
US5901089A (en) | 1996-04-30 | 1999-05-04 | Agate Semiconductor, Inc. | Stabilization circuits and techniques for storage and retrieval of single or multiple digital bits per memory cell |
US5946716A (en) | 1996-05-30 | 1999-08-31 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Sectored virtual memory management system and translation look-aside buffer (TLB) for the same |
US5889937A (en) | 1996-06-27 | 1999-03-30 | Nec Corporation | Hard disk apparatus capable of transforming logical addresses of apparatus diagnosis cylinders to HDD-by-HDD physical addresses |
US6567311B2 (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2003-05-20 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory, and writing method |
US6873552B2 (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2005-03-29 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory, and writing method |
US6385092B1 (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2002-05-07 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory, and writing method |
US6392932B1 (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2002-05-21 | Tatsuya Ishii | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory, and writing method |
US7145805B2 (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2006-12-05 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory, and writing method |
US6023425A (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2000-02-08 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory, and writing method |
US7072222B2 (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2006-07-04 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory and writing method |
US6452838B1 (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2002-09-17 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory and writing method |
US6009016A (en) | 1996-07-09 | 1999-12-28 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile memory system semiconductor memory and writing method |
US5867428A (en) | 1996-07-09 | 1999-02-02 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile memory system semiconductor memory and writing method |
US5982668A (en) | 1996-07-09 | 1999-11-09 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory and writing method |
US7405979B2 (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2008-07-29 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory, and writing method |
US6157573A (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2000-12-05 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory, and writing method |
US6683811B2 (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2004-01-27 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory, and writing method |
US7283399B2 (en) | 1996-07-09 | 2007-10-16 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Nonvolatile memory system, semiconductor memory, and writing method |
US6134631A (en) | 1996-08-19 | 2000-10-17 | Hyundai Electronics America, Inc. | Non-volatile memory with embedded programmable controller |
US5937424A (en) | 1996-09-20 | 1999-08-10 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for suspending the writing of a nonvolatile semiconductor memory with program suspend command |
US6209113B1 (en) | 1996-10-18 | 2001-03-27 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for performing error correction on data read from a multistate memory |
US6278632B1 (en) | 1996-10-24 | 2001-08-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and circuitry for performing analog over-program and under-program detection for a multistate memory cell |
WO1998028745A1 (en) | 1996-12-20 | 1998-07-02 | Intel Corporation | Nonvolatile writeable memory with fast programming capability |
US6279069B1 (en) | 1996-12-26 | 2001-08-21 | Intel Corporation | Interface for flash EEPROM memory arrays |
US6219447B1 (en) | 1997-02-21 | 2001-04-17 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and circuit for extracting histogram and cumulative distribution function for image enhancement apparatus |
US5798966A (en) | 1997-03-31 | 1998-08-25 | Intel Corporation | Flash memory VDS compensation techiques to reduce programming variability |
US6073204A (en) | 1997-04-23 | 2000-06-06 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Memory system having flexible architecture and method |
US6134140A (en) | 1997-05-14 | 2000-10-17 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device with soft-programming to adjust erased state of memory cells |
US20010002172A1 (en) | 1997-05-14 | 2001-05-31 | Tomoharu Tanaka | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US6549464B2 (en) | 1997-05-14 | 2003-04-15 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US5912906A (en) | 1997-06-23 | 1999-06-15 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for recovering from correctable ECC errors |
US6212654B1 (en) | 1997-07-22 | 2001-04-03 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Coded modulation for digital storage in analog memory devices |
US5930167A (en) | 1997-07-30 | 1999-07-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state non-volatile flash memory capable of being its own two state write cache |
US6862218B2 (en) | 1997-08-07 | 2005-03-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory |
US7088615B2 (en) | 1997-08-07 | 2006-08-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory |
US6894926B2 (en) | 1997-08-07 | 2005-05-17 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory |
US7187592B2 (en) | 1997-08-07 | 2007-03-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory |
US6360346B1 (en) | 1997-08-27 | 2002-03-19 | Sony Corporation | Storage unit, method of checking storage unit, reading and writing method |
US7397697B2 (en) | 1997-09-08 | 2008-07-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-bit-per-cell flash EEPROM memory with refresh |
US6307776B1 (en) | 1997-09-08 | 2001-10-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-bit-per-cell flash EEPROM memory with refresh |
US7170781B2 (en) | 1997-09-08 | 2007-01-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-bit-per-cell flash EEPROM memory with refresh |
US6151246A (en) | 1997-09-08 | 2000-11-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-bit-per-cell flash EEPROM memory with refresh |
US5909449A (en) | 1997-09-08 | 1999-06-01 | Invox Technology | Multibit-per-cell non-volatile memory with error detection and correction |
US6041430A (en) | 1997-11-03 | 2000-03-21 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Error detection and correction code for data and check code fields |
US5867429A (en) | 1997-11-19 | 1999-02-02 | Sandisk Corporation | High density non-volatile flash memory without adverse effects of electric field coupling between adjacent floating gates |
US6442585B1 (en) | 1997-11-26 | 2002-08-27 | Compaq Computer Corporation | Method for scheduling contexts based on statistics of memory system interactions in a computer system |
US6034891A (en) | 1997-12-01 | 2000-03-07 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Multi-state flash memory defect management |
US6134143A (en) | 1997-12-01 | 2000-10-17 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Multi-state flash memory defect management |
US6467062B1 (en) | 1997-12-10 | 2002-10-15 | Mordecai Barkan | Digital data (multi-bit) storage with discrete analog memory cells |
US6040993A (en) | 1998-02-23 | 2000-03-21 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Method for programming an analog/multi-level flash EEPROM |
US6128237A (en) | 1998-04-10 | 2000-10-03 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for enhancing the performance of semiconductor memory devices |
US6397364B1 (en) | 1998-04-20 | 2002-05-28 | Mordecai Barkan | Digital data representation for multi-bit data storage and transmission |
US20020038440A1 (en) | 1998-04-20 | 2002-03-28 | Moti Barkan | Digital data representation for multi-bit data storage and transmission |
US6009014A (en) | 1998-06-03 | 1999-12-28 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Erase verify scheme for NAND flash |
US6178466B1 (en) | 1998-06-12 | 2001-01-23 | Unisys Corporation | System for maximizing bandpass on an interface directly coupling two units where the interface has independently operative data and address interconnections, and computer sysem employing same. |
US5969986A (en) | 1998-06-23 | 1999-10-19 | Invox Technology | High-bandwidth read and write architectures for non-volatile memories |
US20060256626A1 (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2006-11-16 | Werner Carl W | Integrated Circuit with Analog or Multilevel Storage Cells and User-Selectable Sampling Frequency |
US6169691B1 (en) | 1998-09-15 | 2001-01-02 | Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. | Method for maintaining the memory content of non-volatile memory cells |
US5995417A (en) | 1998-10-20 | 1999-11-30 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Scheme for page erase and erase verify in a non-volatile memory array |
US20040105311A1 (en) | 1998-10-23 | 2004-06-03 | Raul-Adrian Cernea | Non-volatile memory with improved sensing and method therefor |
US6445602B1 (en) | 1998-10-28 | 2002-09-03 | Nucore Technology Inc. | Structure and method for correction of defective analog data in a nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
US6185134B1 (en) | 1998-12-10 | 2001-02-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Flash memory control method, flash memory system using the control method and flash memory device using the control method |
US6240458B1 (en) | 1998-12-22 | 2001-05-29 | Unisys Corporation | System and method for programmably controlling data transfer request rates between data sources and destinations in a data processing system |
US20030103400A1 (en) | 1999-01-14 | 2003-06-05 | Hieu Van Tran | Multistage autozero sensing for a multilevel non-volatile memory integrated circuit system |
US7031214B2 (en) | 1999-01-14 | 2006-04-18 | Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. | Digital multilevel memory system having multistage autozero sensing |
US7471581B2 (en) | 1999-01-14 | 2008-12-30 | Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. | Wide dynamic range and high speed voltage mode sensing for a multilevel digital non-volatile memory |
US20030161183A1 (en) | 1999-01-14 | 2003-08-28 | Tran Hieu Van | Digital multilevel non-volatile memory system |
US6405323B1 (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2002-06-11 | Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. | Defect management for interface to electrically-erasable programmable read-only memory |
EP1434236B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2005-12-28 | Oki Electric Industry Co. Ltd., Legal & Intellectual Property Division | Semiconductor memory device generating accurate internal reference voltage |
US6166962A (en) | 1999-06-24 | 2000-12-26 | Amic Technology, Inc. | Circuit and method for conditioning flash memory array |
US6640326B1 (en) | 1999-06-28 | 2003-10-28 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.C. | Data set recovery by codeword overlay |
US6708257B2 (en) | 1999-07-12 | 2004-03-16 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Buffering system bus for external-memory access |
US6525952B2 (en) | 1999-07-28 | 2003-02-25 | Sony Corporation | Recording system, data recording apparatus, memory apparatus, and data recording method |
US6366496B1 (en) | 1999-08-03 | 2002-04-02 | Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. | Method for programming multi-level non-volatile memories by controlling the gate voltage |
US6288944B1 (en) | 1999-08-16 | 2001-09-11 | Fujitsu Limited | NAND type nonvolatile memory with improved erase-verify operations |
US6553510B1 (en) | 1999-09-02 | 2003-04-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Memory device including redundancy routine for correcting random errors |
US6405342B1 (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2002-06-11 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Disk drive employing a multiple-input sequence detector responsive to reliability metrics to improve a retry operation |
US6304486B1 (en) | 1999-12-20 | 2001-10-16 | Fujitsu Limited | Sensing time control device and method |
US20010006479A1 (en) | 1999-12-28 | 2001-07-05 | Tamio Ikehashi | Read circuit of nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
US6141261A (en) | 1999-12-31 | 2000-10-31 | Patti; Robert | DRAM that stores multiple bits per storage cell |
US6532556B1 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2003-03-11 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Data management for multi-bit-per-cell memories |
US6259627B1 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2001-07-10 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Read and write operations using constant row line voltage and variable column line load |
US6363008B1 (en) | 2000-02-17 | 2002-03-26 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Multi-bit-cell non-volatile memory with maximized data capacity |
US6558967B1 (en) | 2000-02-17 | 2003-05-06 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Multi-bit-per-cell memory system with numbers of bits per cell set by testing of memory units |
US6219276B1 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2001-04-17 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Multilevel cell programming |
US7039846B2 (en) * | 2000-04-04 | 2006-05-02 | Comtech Telecommunications Corp. | Enhanced turbo product code decoder system utilizing a codeword organization method |
US6490236B1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2002-12-03 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Method and apparatus for optical disk device |
US6615307B1 (en) | 2000-05-10 | 2003-09-02 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Flash with consistent latency for read operations |
US6774808B1 (en) | 2000-05-17 | 2004-08-10 | Dell Products L.P. | Electromechanical lock for components |
US20020166091A1 (en) | 2000-06-05 | 2002-11-07 | Kidorf Howard D. | Concatenated forward error correction decoder |
US20020056064A1 (en) | 2000-06-05 | 2002-05-09 | Tycom (Us) Inc. | Method and apparatus for enhanced forward error correction in network |
US6804805B2 (en) | 2000-06-27 | 2004-10-12 | Seagate Technology Llc | Method and apparatus for encoding with unequal protection in magnetic recording channels having concatenated error correction codes |
US6292394B1 (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2001-09-18 | Saifun Semiconductors Ltd. | Method for programming of a semiconductor memory cell |
US7065147B2 (en) | 2000-07-12 | 2006-06-20 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | System and method of data communication using turbo trellis coded modulation combined with constellation shaping with or without precoding |
US6345004B1 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2002-02-05 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Repair analysis circuit for redundancy, redundant repairing method, and semiconductor device |
US6851081B2 (en) | 2000-07-27 | 2005-02-01 | Nec Electronics Corporation | Semiconductor memory device having ECC type error recovery circuit |
US6396742B1 (en) | 2000-07-28 | 2002-05-28 | Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. | Testing of multilevel semiconductor memory |
US6301151B1 (en) | 2000-08-09 | 2001-10-09 | Information Storage Devices, Inc. | Adaptive programming method and apparatus for flash memory analog storage |
US7113432B2 (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2006-09-26 | Sandisk Corporation | Compressed event counting technique and application to a flash memory system |
US6714449B2 (en) | 2000-09-27 | 2004-03-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Sense amplifier suitable for analogue voltage levels |
US6538922B1 (en) | 2000-09-27 | 2003-03-25 | Sandisk Corporation | Writable tracking cells |
US6646913B2 (en) | 2000-10-13 | 2003-11-11 | Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. | Method for storing and reading data in a multilevel nonvolatile memory |
US20070006013A1 (en) | 2000-12-22 | 2007-01-04 | Simpletech, Inc. | Solid-state memory device with protection against power failure |
US6972993B2 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2005-12-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and structure for efficient data verification operation for non-volatile memories |
US6469931B1 (en) | 2001-01-04 | 2002-10-22 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Method for increasing information content in a computer memory |
US6687155B2 (en) | 2001-01-11 | 2004-02-03 | Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd. | Analog storage semiconductor memory that uses plural write voltages and plural read voltages having different voltage levels |
US20020133684A1 (en) | 2001-01-17 | 2002-09-19 | Honeywell International, Inc. | Enhanced memory module architecture |
US6466476B1 (en) | 2001-01-18 | 2002-10-15 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Data coding for multi-bit-per-cell memories having variable numbers of bits per memory cell |
US20020174295A1 (en) | 2001-01-29 | 2002-11-21 | Ulrich Thomas R. | Enhanced file system failure tolerance |
US20080239093A1 (en) | 2001-02-07 | 2008-10-02 | Lightsurf Technologies, Inc. | Digital Camera Device Providing Improved Methodology for Rapidly Taking Successive Pictures |
US6958938B2 (en) | 2001-02-20 | 2005-10-25 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Data writing method for semiconductor memory device and semiconductor memory device |
US6870773B2 (en) | 2001-02-20 | 2005-03-22 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Data writing method for semiconductor memory device and semiconductor memory device |
US20020118574A1 (en) | 2001-02-26 | 2002-08-29 | Geoffrey Gongwer | Non-volatile memory with improved programming and method therefor |
US6925009B2 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2005-08-02 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor memory |
US7006379B2 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2006-02-28 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor memory |
US6819592B2 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2004-11-16 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor memory |
US20020196510A1 (en) | 2001-04-04 | 2002-12-26 | Hietala Vincent Mark | Method and system for decoding multilevel signals |
US6757193B2 (en) | 2001-05-31 | 2004-06-29 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Coding method of multi-level memory cell |
WO2002100112A1 (en) | 2001-06-03 | 2002-12-12 | Seelive Ltd. | System and method for rapid video compression |
US6731557B2 (en) | 2001-06-21 | 2004-05-04 | Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. | Method of refreshing an electrically erasable and programmable non-volatile memory |
US7343330B1 (en) | 2001-06-26 | 2008-03-11 | Boesjes Eimar M | Systems and methods for acquisition, evaluation, inventory, distribution, and/or re-sale of pre-owned recorded data products |
US6807095B2 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2004-10-19 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state nonvolatile memory capable of reducing effects of coupling between storage elements |
US20030002348A1 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2003-01-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Operating techniques for reducing effects of coupling between storage elements of a non-volatile memory operated in multiple data states |
US6522580B2 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2003-02-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Operating techniques for reducing effects of coupling between storage elements of a non-volatile memory operated in multiple data states |
US7224613B2 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2007-05-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Operating techniques for reducing effects of coupling between storage elements of a non-volatile memory operated in multiple data states |
US6809964B2 (en) | 2001-08-30 | 2004-10-26 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device capable of transferring data internally without using an external bus |
US6456528B1 (en) | 2001-09-17 | 2002-09-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Selective operation of a multi-state non-volatile memory system in a binary mode |
US7177184B2 (en) | 2001-09-17 | 2007-02-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Selective operation of a multi-state non-volatile memory system in a binary mode |
US6717847B2 (en) | 2001-09-17 | 2004-04-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Selective operation of a multi-state non-volatile memory system in a binary mode |
US6643169B2 (en) | 2001-09-18 | 2003-11-04 | Intel Corporation | Variable level memory |
US6870767B2 (en) | 2001-09-18 | 2005-03-22 | Intel Corporation | Variable level memory |
US6560152B1 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2003-05-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with temperature-compensated data read |
US6678192B2 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2004-01-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Error management for writable tracking storage units |
US20060256891A1 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2006-11-16 | Applied Microcircuits Corporation | System for five-level non-causal channel equalization |
US7274611B2 (en) | 2001-12-12 | 2007-09-25 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and architecture to calibrate read operations in synchronous flash memory |
US6907497B2 (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2005-06-14 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
US6418060B1 (en) | 2002-01-03 | 2002-07-09 | Ememory Technology Inc. | Method of programming and erasing non-volatile memory cells |
US7848149B2 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2010-12-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing the effects of noise in non-volatile memories through multiple reads |
US7177195B2 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2007-02-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing the effects of noise in non-volatile memories through multiple reads |
US7102924B2 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2006-09-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Techniques of recovering data from memory cells affected by field coupling with adjacent memory cells |
US6621739B2 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2003-09-16 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing the effects of noise in non-volatile memories through multiple reads |
US6807101B2 (en) | 2002-03-06 | 2004-10-19 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Semiconductor memory device |
US6851018B2 (en) | 2002-03-27 | 2005-02-01 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Exchanging operation parameters between a data storage device and a controller |
US20030189856A1 (en) | 2002-04-04 | 2003-10-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-level flash memory with temperature compensation |
US6707748B2 (en) | 2002-05-07 | 2004-03-16 | Ritek Corporation | Back up power embodied non-volatile memory device |
WO2003100791A1 (en) | 2002-05-20 | 2003-12-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Increasing the effectiveness of error correction codes and operating multi-level memory systems by using information about the quality of the stored data |
US6751766B2 (en) | 2002-05-20 | 2004-06-15 | Sandisk Corporation | Increasing the effectiveness of error correction codes and operating multi-level memory systems by using information about the quality of the stored data |
US20040057265A1 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2004-03-25 | Stmicroelectronics Sa | Method of controlling an electronic non-volatile memory and associated device |
US6934188B2 (en) | 2002-07-19 | 2005-08-23 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Non-volatile memory erase circuitry |
US7266026B2 (en) | 2002-08-29 | 2007-09-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Symbol frequency leveling in a storage system |
US6781877B2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2004-08-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Techniques for reducing effects of coupling between storage elements of adjacent rows of memory cells |
US20040057285A1 (en) | 2002-09-24 | 2004-03-25 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with reduced neighboring field errors |
US7609787B2 (en) | 2002-10-01 | 2009-10-27 | Tdf | Reception of a signal modulated according to a multilevel coding technique |
US20040083333A1 (en) | 2002-10-28 | 2004-04-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Hybrid implementation for error correction codes within a non-volatile memory system |
US20040083334A1 (en) | 2002-10-28 | 2004-04-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and apparatus for managing the integrity of data in non-volatile memory system |
US6963505B2 (en) | 2002-10-29 | 2005-11-08 | Aifun Semiconductors Ltd. | Method circuit and system for determining a reference voltage |
US6992932B2 (en) | 2002-10-29 | 2006-01-31 | Saifun Semiconductors Ltd | Method circuit and system for read error detection in a non-volatile memory array |
US20070115726A1 (en) | 2002-10-29 | 2007-05-24 | Guy Cohen | Method, system and circuit for programing a non-volatile memory array |
US20060107136A1 (en) | 2002-12-05 | 2006-05-18 | Gongwer Geoffrey S | Smart verify for multi-state memories |
US7243275B2 (en) | 2002-12-05 | 2007-07-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Smart verify for multi-state memories |
US7139192B1 (en) | 2002-12-06 | 2006-11-21 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Programming of multi-level memory cells on a continuous word line |
US7054193B1 (en) | 2002-12-06 | 2006-05-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Non-uniform programming pulse width for writing of multi-bit-per-cell memories |
US6882567B1 (en) | 2002-12-06 | 2005-04-19 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Parallel programming of multiple-bit-per-cell memory cells on a continuous word line |
US7099194B2 (en) | 2002-12-12 | 2006-08-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Error recovery for nonvolatile memory |
US6829167B2 (en) | 2002-12-12 | 2004-12-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Error recovery for nonvolatile memory |
US20040114437A1 (en) | 2002-12-13 | 2004-06-17 | Li Chi Nan Brian | Compaction scheme in NVM |
US7231562B2 (en) | 2003-01-11 | 2007-06-12 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Memory module, test system and method for testing one or a plurality of memory modules |
US20040160842A1 (en) | 2003-02-19 | 2004-08-19 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Semiconductor memory device suppressing peak current |
EP1605509A1 (en) | 2003-03-19 | 2005-12-14 | Fujitsu Limited | Semiconductor device, process for producing the same and imaging device |
US20050224853A1 (en) | 2003-03-19 | 2005-10-13 | Narumi Ohkawa | Semiconductor device, manufacturing process thereof and imaging device |
US20050007802A1 (en) | 2003-04-11 | 2005-01-13 | Gerpheide George E. | Zero drift analog memory cell, array and method of operation |
US6879520B2 (en) | 2003-04-22 | 2005-04-12 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device and electric device with the same |
US6999344B2 (en) | 2003-04-22 | 2006-02-14 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device and electric device with the same |
US20060239081A1 (en) | 2003-05-08 | 2006-10-26 | Micron Technology, Inc. | NAND flash memory with read and verification threshold uniformity |
US20040223371A1 (en) | 2003-05-08 | 2004-11-11 | Micron Technology, Inc. | NAND flash memory with improved read and verification threshold uniformity |
US7405974B2 (en) | 2003-05-20 | 2008-07-29 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Semiconductor memory device, page buffer resource assigning method and circuit therefor, computer system and mobile electronic device |
US20050189649A1 (en) | 2003-05-20 | 2005-09-01 | Fujitsu Limited | LSI package, LSI element testing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method |
US6845052B1 (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2005-01-18 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Dual reference cell sensing scheme for non-volatile memory |
US7254690B2 (en) | 2003-06-02 | 2007-08-07 | S. Aqua Semiconductor Llc | Pipelined semiconductor memories and systems |
US20050013165A1 (en) | 2003-06-17 | 2005-01-20 | Amir Ban | Flash memories with adaptive reference voltages |
US7023735B2 (en) * | 2003-06-17 | 2006-04-04 | Ramot At Tel-Aviv University Ltd. | Methods of increasing the reliability of a flash memory |
US6988175B2 (en) | 2003-06-30 | 2006-01-17 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Flash memory management method that is resistant to data corruption by power loss |
US20050024941A1 (en) | 2003-07-30 | 2005-02-03 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Method of archiving data |
US7437498B2 (en) | 2003-07-30 | 2008-10-14 | San Disk Il, Ltd | Method and system for optimizing reliability and performance of programming data in non-volatile memory devices |
US20050024978A1 (en) | 2003-07-30 | 2005-02-03 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Method and system for optimizing reliability and performance of programming data in non-volatile memory devices |
US20050030788A1 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2005-02-10 | Parkinson Ward D. | Analog phase change memory |
US7466592B2 (en) | 2003-09-12 | 2008-12-16 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Semiconductor memory device |
US20070297234A1 (en) | 2003-09-17 | 2007-12-27 | Raul-Adrian Cernea | Non-Volatile Memory And Method With Bit Line To Bit Line Coupled Compensation |
US7197594B2 (en) | 2003-09-23 | 2007-03-27 | Infineon Technologies Flash Gmbh & Co. Kg | Circuit, system and method for encoding data to be stored on a non-volatile memory array |
US7057958B2 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2006-06-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and system for temperature compensation for memory cells with temperature-dependent behavior |
US7012835B2 (en) | 2003-10-03 | 2006-03-14 | Sandisk Corporation | Flash memory data correction and scrub techniques |
US6930925B2 (en) | 2003-10-14 | 2005-08-16 | Atmel Corporation | Suspend-resume programming method for flash memory |
US20050086574A1 (en) | 2003-10-16 | 2005-04-21 | Fackenthal Richard E. | Error correction for multi-level cell memory with overwrite capability |
US7356755B2 (en) | 2003-10-16 | 2008-04-08 | Intel Corporation | Error correction for multi-level cell memory with overwrite capability |
US7177199B2 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2007-02-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Behavior based programming of non-volatile memory |
US7301807B2 (en) | 2003-10-23 | 2007-11-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Writable tracking cells |
US20050169051A1 (en) | 2003-10-23 | 2005-08-04 | Khalid Shahzad B. | Writable tracking cells |
US7433697B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2008-10-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Synchronized UWB piconets for Simultaneously Operating Piconet performance |
US7031210B2 (en) | 2003-11-18 | 2006-04-18 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Method of measuring threshold voltage for a NAND flash memory device |
US20090204872A1 (en) | 2003-12-02 | 2009-08-13 | Super Talent Electronics Inc. | Command Queuing Smart Storage Transfer Manager for Striping Data to Raw-NAND Flash Modules |
US20090193184A1 (en) | 2003-12-02 | 2009-07-30 | Super Talent Electronics Inc. | Hybrid 2-Level Mapping Tables for Hybrid Block- and Page-Mode Flash-Memory System |
US20050121436A1 (en) | 2003-12-03 | 2005-06-09 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Heating method for a band-shaped body and heating apparatus for a band-shaped body |
US7031216B2 (en) | 2003-12-15 | 2006-04-18 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Refresh controller with low peak current |
US7363420B2 (en) | 2003-12-15 | 2008-04-22 | Nortel Networks Limited | Method and file structures for managing data on a flash disk |
US20050240745A1 (en) | 2003-12-18 | 2005-10-27 | Sundar Iyer | High speed memory control and I/O processor system |
US7170802B2 (en) | 2003-12-31 | 2007-01-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Flexible and area efficient column redundancy for non-volatile memories |
US20050157555A1 (en) | 2004-01-21 | 2005-07-21 | Tsuyoshi Ono | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US20050162913A1 (en) | 2004-01-26 | 2005-07-28 | Jian Chen | Method of reading NAND memory to compensate for coupling between storage elements |
US7151692B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2006-12-19 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Operation scheme for programming charge trapping non-volatile memory |
US7139198B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2006-11-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Efficient verification for coarse/fine programming of non-volatile memory |
US6937511B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2005-08-30 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Circuit and method for programming charge storage memory cells |
US7002843B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2006-02-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Variable current sinking for coarse/fine programming of non-volatile memory |
US7068539B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2006-06-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Charge packet metering for coarse/fine programming of non-volatile memory |
US7210077B2 (en) | 2004-01-29 | 2007-04-24 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | System and method for configuring a solid-state storage device with error correction coding |
US7266069B2 (en) | 2004-02-06 | 2007-09-04 | Via Technologies, Inc., | Method and apparatus for retry calculation in an optical disk device |
US7177200B2 (en) | 2004-02-10 | 2007-02-13 | Msystems Ltd. | Two-phase programming of a flash memory |
US20060004952A1 (en) | 2004-02-15 | 2006-01-05 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Method of managing a multi-bit-cell flash memory |
US7054199B2 (en) | 2004-02-26 | 2006-05-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi level flash memory device and program method |
US20080104312A1 (en) | 2004-03-14 | 2008-05-01 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | States encoding in multi-bit flash cells for optimizing error rate |
US7310347B2 (en) | 2004-03-14 | 2007-12-18 | Sandisk, Il Ltd. | States encoding in multi-bit flash cells |
US20050213393A1 (en) | 2004-03-14 | 2005-09-29 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | States encoding in multi-bit flash cells for optimizing error rate |
US7457897B1 (en) | 2004-03-17 | 2008-11-25 | Suoer Talent Electronics, Inc. | PCI express-compatible controller and interface for flash memory |
US7071849B2 (en) | 2004-04-04 | 2006-07-04 | Guobiao Zhang | Fractional-Bit Systems |
US7259987B2 (en) | 2004-04-06 | 2007-08-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems for variable programming of non-volatile memory |
US7020017B2 (en) | 2004-04-06 | 2006-03-28 | Sandisk Corporation | Variable programming of non-volatile memory |
US20050243626A1 (en) | 2004-04-29 | 2005-11-03 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Refreshing data stored in a flash memory |
US7272757B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2007-09-18 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Method for testing a memory chip and test arrangement |
US20080049504A1 (en) | 2004-05-19 | 2008-02-28 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Memory Control Circuit, Nonvolatile Storage Apparatus, and Memory Control Method |
US7231474B1 (en) | 2004-06-01 | 2007-06-12 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Serial interface having a read temperature command |
US7447970B2 (en) | 2004-06-16 | 2008-11-04 | Seagate Technology, Inc. | Soft-decision decoding using selective bit flipping |
US7190614B2 (en) | 2004-06-17 | 2007-03-13 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Operation scheme for programming charge trapping non-volatile memory |
US7193921B2 (en) | 2004-06-25 | 2007-03-20 | Samsung Electronics, Co., Ltd. | Cascade wake-up circuit preventing power noise in memory device |
US7665007B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2010-02-16 | Seagate Technology, Llc | Retrial and reread methods and apparatus for recording channels |
US7196644B1 (en) | 2004-07-01 | 2007-03-27 | Seagate Technology Llc | Decoupling of analog input and digital output |
US7042766B1 (en) | 2004-07-22 | 2006-05-09 | Spansion, Llc | Method of programming a flash memory device using multilevel charge storage |
US20060028875A1 (en) | 2004-07-26 | 2006-02-09 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Drift compensation in a flash memory |
US20060028877A1 (en) | 2004-08-05 | 2006-02-09 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Different numbers of bits per cell in non-volatile memory devices |
US7184338B2 (en) | 2004-08-30 | 2007-02-27 | Spansion Llc | Semiconductor device, semiconductor device testing method, and programming method |
US7200062B2 (en) | 2004-08-31 | 2007-04-03 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and system for reducing the peak current in refreshing dynamic random access memory devices |
US7254763B2 (en) | 2004-09-01 | 2007-08-07 | Agere Systems Inc. | Built-in self test for memory arrays using error correction coding |
US7526711B2 (en) | 2004-10-14 | 2009-04-28 | Nec Electronics Corporation | Decoding method and device for repeatedly decoding first and second encoded data |
US7409623B2 (en) | 2004-11-04 | 2008-08-05 | Sigmatel, Inc. | System and method of reading non-volatile computer memory |
US7434111B2 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2008-10-07 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile memory system having a pseudo pass function |
US20060101193A1 (en) | 2004-11-08 | 2006-05-11 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | States encoding in multi-bit flash cells for optimizing error rate |
US20070280000A1 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2007-12-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of writing data to a semiconductor memory device |
US7441067B2 (en) | 2004-11-15 | 2008-10-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Cyclic flash memory wear leveling |
US7187195B2 (en) | 2004-11-15 | 2007-03-06 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Parallel compression test circuit of memory device |
US20060106972A1 (en) | 2004-11-15 | 2006-05-18 | Gorobets Sergey A | Cyclic flash memory wear leveling |
US7173859B2 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2007-02-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Faster programming of higher level states in multi-level cell flash memory |
US7196933B2 (en) | 2004-12-10 | 2007-03-27 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | High-speed verifiable semiconductor memory device |
US7310269B2 (en) | 2004-12-10 | 2007-12-18 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | High-speed verifiable semiconductor memory device |
US7345928B2 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2008-03-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Data recovery methods in multi-state memory after program fail |
US7558839B1 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2009-07-07 | Netapp, Inc. | Read-after-write verification for improved write-once-read-many data storage |
US7420847B2 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2008-09-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory having data recovery after program fail |
US20060129750A1 (en) | 2004-12-15 | 2006-06-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for storing multimedia data in nonvolatile storage device in units of blocks |
US20060156189A1 (en) | 2004-12-21 | 2006-07-13 | Andrew Tomlin | Method for copying data in reprogrammable non-volatile memory |
US7409473B2 (en) | 2004-12-21 | 2008-08-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Off-chip data relocation |
US20060133141A1 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-22 | Gorobets Sergey A | Erased sector detection mechanisms |
US20070195602A1 (en) | 2004-12-23 | 2007-08-23 | Yupin Fong | Reducing floating gate to floating gate coupling effect |
US7308525B2 (en) | 2005-01-10 | 2007-12-11 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Method of managing a multi-bit cell flash memory with improved reliablility and performance |
US7130210B2 (en) | 2005-01-13 | 2006-10-31 | Spansion Llc | Multi-level ONO flash program algorithm for threshold width control |
US20060190699A1 (en) | 2005-01-19 | 2006-08-24 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method, medium, and apparatus transforming addresses of discs in a disc drive |
US20060179334A1 (en) | 2005-02-09 | 2006-08-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamic power management via DIMM read operation limiter |
US7221592B2 (en) | 2005-02-25 | 2007-05-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Multiple level programming in a non-volatile memory device |
US7483319B2 (en) | 2005-02-25 | 2009-01-27 | Brown Terry C | Method and system for reducing volatile memory DRAM power budget |
US20060203546A1 (en) | 2005-03-14 | 2006-09-14 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Method of achieving wear leveling in flash memory using relative grades |
US20060218359A1 (en) | 2005-03-22 | 2006-09-28 | Sigmatel, Inc. | Method and system for managing multi-plane memory devices |
US7408804B2 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2008-08-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems for soft programming non-volatile memory utilizing individual verification and additional soft programming of subsets of memory cells |
US20060221705A1 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-05 | Hemink Gerrit J | Soft programming non-volatile memory utilizing individual verification and additional soft programming of subsets of memory cells |
US7280409B2 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2007-10-09 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Non-volatile memory device with threshold voltage control function |
US20060221692A1 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2006-10-05 | Jian Chen | Compensating for coupling during read operations on non-volatile memory |
US20060221714A1 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2006-10-05 | Yan Li | Read operation for non-volatile storage that includes compensation for coupling |
US20070109845A1 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2007-05-17 | Jian Chen | Compensating for coupling during read operations of non-volatile memory |
US7321509B2 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2008-01-22 | Sandisk Corporation | Compensating for coupling in non-volatile storage |
US20070103986A1 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2007-05-10 | Jian Chen | Compensating for coupling during read operations of non-volatile memory |
US7196928B2 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2007-03-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Compensating for coupling during read operations of non-volatile memory |
US20070109849A1 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2007-05-17 | Jian Chen | Compensating for coupling during read operations of non-volatile memory |
US7310271B2 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2007-12-18 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Program-verify method of non-volatile memory device |
US20060239077A1 (en) | 2005-04-20 | 2006-10-26 | Park Ki-Tae | NAND Flash Memory Device Having Dummy Memory cells and Methods of Operating Same |
US7596707B1 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2009-09-29 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | System and method for efficient power throttling in multiprocessor chip |
US20080209304A1 (en) | 2005-05-09 | 2008-08-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Convolution-Encoded RAID with Trellis-Decode-Rebuild |
US7345924B2 (en) | 2005-05-11 | 2008-03-18 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming memory devices |
US20070047326A1 (en) | 2005-05-11 | 2007-03-01 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming memory devices |
US7269066B2 (en) | 2005-05-11 | 2007-09-11 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming memory devices |
US20060256620A1 (en) | 2005-05-11 | 2006-11-16 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming memory devices |
US20060271748A1 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2006-11-30 | Intel Corporation | Partial page scheme for memory technologies |
US7487329B2 (en) | 2005-06-06 | 2009-02-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Page replacement policy for systems having multiple page sizes |
US20060285392A1 (en) | 2005-06-15 | 2006-12-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Selective slow programming convergence in a flash memory device |
US20060285396A1 (en) | 2005-06-17 | 2006-12-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Program method with optimized voltage level for flash memory |
US7453737B2 (en) | 2005-06-17 | 2008-11-18 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Program method with optimized voltage level for flash memory |
US7193898B2 (en) | 2005-06-20 | 2007-03-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Compensation currents in non-volatile memory read operations |
US7492641B2 (en) | 2005-06-22 | 2009-02-17 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
US7349263B2 (en) | 2005-06-27 | 2008-03-25 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Circuit and method for adaptive incremental step-pulse programming in a flash memory device |
US7257027B2 (en) | 2005-06-30 | 2007-08-14 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Non-volatile memory device, and multi-page program, read and copyback program method thereof |
US20070019481A1 (en) | 2005-07-19 | 2007-01-25 | Park Chul W | Semiconductor memories with block-dedicated programmable latency register |
US7280415B2 (en) | 2005-07-25 | 2007-10-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Flash memory device and method of repairing defects and trimming voltages |
US20080198654A1 (en) | 2005-07-25 | 2008-08-21 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor memory device |
US7660183B2 (en) | 2005-08-01 | 2010-02-09 | Rambus Inc. | Low power memory device |
US20070033581A1 (en) | 2005-08-02 | 2007-02-08 | Andrew Tomlin | Situation sensitive memory performance |
US7277355B2 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2007-10-02 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for generating temperature-compensated read and verify operations in flash memories |
US20080025121A1 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2008-01-31 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for generating temperature-compensated read and verify operations in flash memories |
US20070047314A1 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming method for NAND EEPROM |
US20070050536A1 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2007-03-01 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Flash drive fast wear leveling |
US7460410B2 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2008-12-02 | Panasonic Corporation | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device and programming or erasing method therefor |
US20070061502A1 (en) | 2005-09-09 | 2007-03-15 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Flash memory storage system and method |
US20070058446A1 (en) | 2005-09-15 | 2007-03-15 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Erase and Program Method of Flash Memory Device for Increasing Program Speed of Flash Memory Device |
US20070067667A1 (en) | 2005-09-22 | 2007-03-22 | Fujitsu Limited | Write back method for RAID apparatus |
US20070074093A1 (en) | 2005-09-26 | 2007-03-29 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | NAND flash memory controller exporting and NAND interface |
US7631245B2 (en) | 2005-09-26 | 2009-12-08 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | NAND flash memory controller exporting a NAND interface |
US7328384B1 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2008-02-05 | Xilinx, Inc. | Method and apparatus using device defects as an identifier |
US7661054B2 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2010-02-09 | Intel Corporation | Methods and arrangements to remap degraded storage blocks |
US7644347B2 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2010-01-05 | Intel Corporation | Silent data corruption mitigation using error correction code with embedded signaling fault detection |
US20070086260A1 (en) | 2005-10-13 | 2007-04-19 | Sinclair Alan W | Method of storing transformed units of data in a memory system having fixed sized storage blocks |
US20070089034A1 (en) | 2005-10-13 | 2007-04-19 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Method of error correction in MBC flash memory |
US20070086239A1 (en) | 2005-10-17 | 2007-04-19 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers, Ltd. | Probabilistic error correction in multi-bit-per-cell flash memory |
WO2007046084A2 (en) | 2005-10-17 | 2007-04-26 | Ramot At Tel-Aviv University Ltd. | Probabilistic error correction in multi-bit-per-cell flash memory |
US20070091694A1 (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2007-04-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Flash memory device capable of improving reliability |
US20070091677A1 (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2007-04-26 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Method for recovering from errors in flash memory |
US7301817B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2007-11-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for programming of multi-state non-volatile memory using smart verify |
US20070103978A1 (en) | 2005-11-08 | 2007-05-10 | Conley Kevin M | Memory with retargetable memory cell redundancy |
US7289344B2 (en) | 2005-11-10 | 2007-10-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Reverse coupling effect with timing information for non-volatile memory |
US20070118713A1 (en) | 2005-11-22 | 2007-05-24 | Guterman Daniel C | Memory system for legacy hosts |
US20070256620A1 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2007-11-08 | Autotether, Inc. | Sailboat safety system for a person falling overboard |
US20070143531A1 (en) | 2005-12-15 | 2007-06-21 | Atri Sunil R | Power loss recovery for bit alterable memory |
US20070143378A1 (en) | 2005-12-21 | 2007-06-21 | Gorobets Sergey A | Non-volatile memories with adaptive file handling in a directly mapped file storage system |
US20080049506A1 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2008-02-28 | Guterman Daniel C | Alternate Row-Based Reading and Writing for Non-Volatile Memory |
US7310255B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2007-12-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with improved program-verify operations |
US20070159907A1 (en) | 2006-01-09 | 2007-07-12 | Pan-Suk Kwak | Multi-chip package reducing peak power-up current |
US20070159892A1 (en) | 2006-01-12 | 2007-07-12 | Dong-Ku Kang | Programming method for flash memory capable of compensating reduction of read margin between states due to high temperature stress |
US7468907B2 (en) | 2006-01-12 | 2008-12-23 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Programming method for flash memory capable of compensating reduction of read margin between states due to hot temperature stress |
US20070159889A1 (en) | 2006-01-12 | 2007-07-12 | Dong-Ku Kang | Programming method for flash memory capable of compensating reduction of read margin between states due to hot temperature stress |
US20070168837A1 (en) | 2006-01-18 | 2007-07-19 | M-Systems Flash Disk Pioneers Ltd. | Method for implementing error-correction codes in flash memory |
US20070171714A1 (en) | 2006-01-20 | 2007-07-26 | Marvell International Ltd. | Flash memory with coding and signal processing |
US20070183210A1 (en) | 2006-02-01 | 2007-08-09 | Choi Ki-Hwan | Program method of flash memory capable of compensating read margin reduced due to charge loss |
US20100142268A1 (en) | 2006-02-16 | 2010-06-10 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming method to reduce gate coupling interference for non-volatile memory |
US20070189073A1 (en) | 2006-02-16 | 2007-08-16 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming method to reduce gate coupling interference for non-volatile memory |
US7660158B2 (en) | 2006-02-16 | 2010-02-09 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming method to reduce gate coupling interference for non-volatile memory |
US20080253188A1 (en) | 2006-02-16 | 2008-10-16 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming method to reduce gate coupling interference for non-volatile memory |
US7408810B2 (en) | 2006-02-22 | 2008-08-05 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Minimizing effects of program disturb in a memory device |
US20070208904A1 (en) | 2006-03-03 | 2007-09-06 | Wu-Han Hsieh | Wear leveling method and apparatus for nonvolatile memory |
US20070206426A1 (en) | 2006-03-03 | 2007-09-06 | Nima Mokhlesi | System for performing read operation on non-volatile storage with compensation for coupling |
US7388781B2 (en) | 2006-03-06 | 2008-06-17 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Multi-bit-per-cell flash memory device with non-bijective mapping |
US7810017B2 (en) | 2006-03-20 | 2010-10-05 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Variable sector-count ECC |
US20070226599A1 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2007-09-27 | Broadcom Corporation, A California Corporation | Symbol by symbol map detection for signals corrupted by colored and/or signal dependent noise |
US20070236990A1 (en) | 2006-03-28 | 2007-10-11 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming method to reduce word line to word line breakdown for NAND flash |
US7551492B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2009-06-23 | Mosaid Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile semiconductor memory with page erase |
US7680987B1 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2010-03-16 | Emc Corporation | Sub-page-granular cache coherency using shared virtual memory mechanism |
US20070253249A1 (en) | 2006-04-26 | 2007-11-01 | Sang-Gu Kang | Multi-bit nonvolatile memory device and related programming method |
US7433231B2 (en) | 2006-04-26 | 2008-10-07 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Multiple select gates with non-volatile memory cells |
US20070266232A1 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2007-11-15 | Stephane Rodgers | Method and System For Command Interface Protection To Achieve a Secure Interface |
US7539061B2 (en) | 2006-05-10 | 2009-05-26 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Method of programming flash memory device |
US20090094930A1 (en) | 2006-05-10 | 2009-04-16 | Artur Schwoerer | Wooden Lattice Girder for Construction |
WO2007132456A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with adaptive capacity |
WO2007132458A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device programming using combined shaping and linear spreading |
US8156403B2 (en) * | 2006-05-12 | 2012-04-10 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Combined distortion estimation and error correction coding for memory devices |
US20080198650A1 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2008-08-21 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Distortion Estimation And Cancellation In Memory Devices |
US20090024905A1 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2009-01-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Combined distortion estimation and error correction coding for memory devices |
WO2007132452A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies | Reducing programming error in memory devices |
WO2007132453A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Distortion estimation and cancellation in memory devices |
WO2007132457A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Combined distortion estimation and error correction coding for memory devices |
US7613043B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2009-11-03 | Apple Inc. | Shifting reference values to account for voltage sag |
US20070263455A1 (en) * | 2006-05-15 | 2007-11-15 | Apple Inc. | Iterative Memory Cell Charging Based on Reference Cell Value |
US7568135B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2009-07-28 | Apple Inc. | Use of alternative value in cell detection |
US20070271424A1 (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2007-11-22 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Memory module, a memory system including a memory controller and a memory module and methods thereof |
US20080209116A1 (en) | 2006-05-23 | 2008-08-28 | Jason Caulkins | Multi-Processor Flash Memory Storage Device and Management System |
US7457163B2 (en) | 2006-06-01 | 2008-11-25 | Sandisk Corporation | System for verifying non-volatile storage using different voltages |
US7440331B2 (en) | 2006-06-01 | 2008-10-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Verify operation for non-volatile storage using different voltages |
US7450421B2 (en) | 2006-06-02 | 2008-11-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Data pattern sensitivity compensation using different voltage |
US7310272B1 (en) | 2006-06-02 | 2007-12-18 | Sandisk Corporation | System for performing data pattern sensitivity compensation using different voltage |
WO2007146010A2 (en) | 2006-06-06 | 2007-12-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Programming a non-volatile memory device |
US20070291571A1 (en) | 2006-06-08 | 2007-12-20 | Intel Corporation | Increasing the battery life of a mobile computing system in a reduced power state through memory compression |
US7342831B2 (en) | 2006-06-16 | 2008-03-11 | Sandisk Corporation | System for operating non-volatile memory using temperature compensation of voltages of unselected word lines and select gates |
US7633802B2 (en) | 2006-06-22 | 2009-12-15 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-real time reprogramming of non-volatile memory to achieve tighter distribution of threshold voltages |
US7742351B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2010-06-22 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device and electronic device |
US20080010395A1 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2008-01-10 | Nokia Corporation | Performance optimization in solid-state media |
US7885119B2 (en) | 2006-07-20 | 2011-02-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Compensating for coupling during programming |
US7460412B2 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2008-12-02 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Flash memory device and erasing method thereof |
US20080043535A1 (en) | 2006-08-18 | 2008-02-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and system for minimizing number of programming pulses used to program rows of non-volatile memory cells |
WO2008026203A2 (en) | 2006-08-27 | 2008-03-06 | Anobit Technologies | Estimation of non-linear distortion in memory devices |
US20080052446A1 (en) | 2006-08-28 | 2008-02-28 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Logical super block mapping for NAND flash memory |
US20080055993A1 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2008-03-06 | Micron Technology, Inc. | System and memory for sequential multi-plane page memory operations |
US7280398B1 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2007-10-09 | Micron Technology, Inc. | System and memory for sequential multi-plane page memory operations |
US20080089123A1 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2008-04-17 | Dong-Hyuk Chae | Method for Programming a Multi-Level Non-Volatile Memory Device |
US20090225595A1 (en) | 2006-09-13 | 2009-09-10 | Mosaid Technologies Incorporated | Flash multi-level threshold distribution scheme |
US7593259B2 (en) | 2006-09-13 | 2009-09-22 | Mosaid Technologies Incorporated | Flash multi-level threshold distribution scheme |
US7928497B2 (en) | 2006-09-20 | 2011-04-19 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory and manufacturing method thereof |
US7761624B2 (en) | 2006-09-28 | 2010-07-20 | Virident Systems, Inc. | Systems and apparatus for main memory with non-volatile type memory modules, and related technologies |
US20080080243A1 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2008-04-03 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor memory device |
US20080082730A1 (en) | 2006-10-03 | 2008-04-03 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-chip flash memory device and copy-back method thereof |
US7365671B1 (en) | 2006-10-10 | 2008-04-29 | Seagate Technology Llc | Communication channel with undersampled interpolative timing recovery |
US7594093B1 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2009-09-22 | Foundry Networks, Inc. | Virtual memory mapping for efficient memory usage |
WO2008053472A2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2008-05-08 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds |
US20080104309A1 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2008-05-01 | Cheon Won-Moon | Flash memory device with multi-level cells and method of writing data therein |
WO2008053473A2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2008-05-08 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory cell readout using successive approximation |
US20080115017A1 (en) | 2006-10-31 | 2008-05-15 | Jacobson Michael B | Detection and correction of block-level data corruption in fault-tolerant data-storage systems |
US7468911B2 (en) | 2006-11-02 | 2008-12-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory using multiple boosting modes for reduced program disturb |
US20080123420A1 (en) | 2006-11-03 | 2008-05-29 | Yigal Brandman | Nonvolatile Memory With Variable Read Threshold |
US7558109B2 (en) | 2006-11-03 | 2009-07-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Nonvolatile memory with variable read threshold |
US20080109590A1 (en) | 2006-11-03 | 2008-05-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Flash memory system and garbage collection method thereof |
US7508710B2 (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2009-03-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Operating non-volatile memory with boost structures |
US20080126686A1 (en) | 2006-11-28 | 2008-05-29 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory power and performance management |
US20080130341A1 (en) | 2006-12-03 | 2008-06-05 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Adaptive programming of analog memory |
WO2008068747A2 (en) | 2006-12-03 | 2008-06-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Automatic defect management in memory devices |
US20080148115A1 (en) | 2006-12-17 | 2008-06-19 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | High-speed programming of memory devices |
US20080158958A1 (en) | 2006-12-17 | 2008-07-03 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with reduced reading |
US7539062B2 (en) | 2006-12-20 | 2009-05-26 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Interleaved memory program and verify method, device and system |
US20080151667A1 (en) | 2006-12-21 | 2008-06-26 | Semiconductor Manufacturing International ( Shanghai) Corporation | Method for Decreasing Program Disturb in Memory Cells |
US20080215798A1 (en) | 2006-12-24 | 2008-09-04 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Randomizing for suppressing errors in a flash memory |
US20080151618A1 (en) | 2006-12-24 | 2008-06-26 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Flash memory device and system with randomizing for suppressing errors |
WO2008077284A1 (en) | 2006-12-27 | 2008-07-03 | Intel Corporation | Initiative wear leveling for non-volatile memory |
WO2008083131A2 (en) | 2006-12-27 | 2008-07-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for programming with initial programming voltage based on trial |
US7570520B2 (en) | 2006-12-27 | 2009-08-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage system with initial programming voltage based on trial |
US7619918B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2009-11-17 | Intel Corporation | Apparatus, method, and system for flash memory |
US7590002B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2009-09-15 | Sandisk Corporation | Resistance sensing and compensation for non-volatile storage |
US7616498B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2009-11-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage system with resistance sensing and compensation |
US7440324B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2008-10-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Apparatus with alternating read mode |
US20090265509A1 (en) | 2007-01-22 | 2009-10-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Memory system and method having volatile and non-volatile memory devices at same hierarchical level |
US20080219050A1 (en) | 2007-01-24 | 2008-09-11 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Reduction of back pattern dependency effects in memory devices |
US20080181001A1 (en) | 2007-01-24 | 2008-07-31 | Anobit Technologies | Memory device with negative thresholds |
US20100195390A1 (en) | 2007-01-24 | 2010-08-05 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Memory device with negative thresholds |
WO2008099958A1 (en) | 2007-02-14 | 2008-08-21 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of writing data into semiconductor memory and memory controller |
WO2008111058A2 (en) | 2007-03-12 | 2008-09-18 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Adaptive estimation of memory cell read thresholds |
US20080239812A1 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2008-10-02 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory system |
WO2008124760A2 (en) | 2007-04-10 | 2008-10-16 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method for predictive programming |
US20080263676A1 (en) | 2007-04-17 | 2008-10-23 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | System and method for protecting data information stored in storage |
US20080263262A1 (en) | 2007-04-22 | 2008-10-23 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Command interface for memory devices |
US20080270730A1 (en) | 2007-04-30 | 2008-10-30 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Method for efficient storage of metadata in flash memory |
US20080282106A1 (en) | 2007-05-12 | 2008-11-13 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Data storage with incremental redundancy |
WO2008139441A2 (en) | 2007-05-12 | 2008-11-20 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with internal signal processing unit |
US20100131827A1 (en) | 2007-05-12 | 2010-05-27 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Memory device with internal signap processing unit |
US20080288714A1 (en) | 2007-05-15 | 2008-11-20 | Sandisk Il Ltd | File storage in a computer system with diverse storage media |
US7656734B2 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2010-02-02 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Methods and apparatus for extending the effective thermal operating range of a memory |
US20090013233A1 (en) | 2007-07-06 | 2009-01-08 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Error recovery storage along a nand-flash string |
US7925936B1 (en) | 2007-07-13 | 2011-04-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Memory device with non-uniform programming levels |
US20090034337A1 (en) | 2007-08-01 | 2009-02-05 | Seiichi Aritome | Method, apparatus, and system for improved read operation in memory |
US20090043951A1 (en) | 2007-08-06 | 2009-02-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Programming schemes for multi-level analog memory cells |
US20090043831A1 (en) | 2007-08-11 | 2009-02-12 | Mcm Portfolio Llc | Smart Solid State Drive And Method For Handling Critical Files |
US20090049234A1 (en) | 2007-08-14 | 2009-02-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Solid state memory (ssm), computer system including an ssm, and method of operating an ssm |
US20090073762A1 (en) | 2007-08-30 | 2009-03-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods of operating multi-bit flash memory devices and related systems |
US7869273B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2011-01-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing the impact of interference during programming |
WO2009038961A2 (en) | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-26 | Sandisk Corporation | Nonvolatile memory and method for compensating during programming for perturbing charges of neighboring cells |
US20100157675A1 (en) | 2007-09-19 | 2010-06-24 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Programming orders for reducing distortion in arrays of multi-level analog memory cells |
WO2009037691A2 (en) | 2007-09-19 | 2009-03-26 | Anobit Technologies | Programming orders for reducing distortion in arrays of multi-level analog memory cells |
WO2009037697A2 (en) | 2007-09-20 | 2009-03-26 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Improved systems and methods for determining logical values of coupled flash memory cells |
US20090089484A1 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2009-04-02 | Phison Electronics Corp. | Data protection method for power failure and controller using the same |
US20090086542A1 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2009-04-02 | Dana Lee | High Voltage Generation and Control in Source-Side Injection Programming of Non-Volatile Memory |
US20090091979A1 (en) | 2007-10-08 | 2009-04-09 | Anobit Technologies | Reliable data storage in analog memory cells in the presence of temperature variations |
US7639532B2 (en) | 2007-10-10 | 2009-12-29 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Non-equal threshold voltage ranges in MLC NAND |
WO2009050703A2 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2009-04-23 | Anobit Technologies | Data storage in analog memory cell arrays having erase failures |
US20100199150A1 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2010-08-05 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Data Storage In Analog Memory Cell Arrays Having Erase Failures |
US20090106485A1 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2009-04-23 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Reading analog memory cells using built-in multi-threshold commands |
WO2009053963A2 (en) | 2007-10-22 | 2009-04-30 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Methods for adaptively programming flash memory devices and flash memory systems incorporating same |
WO2009053962A2 (en) | 2007-10-22 | 2009-04-30 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for averaging error rates in non-volatile devices and storage systems |
WO2009053961A2 (en) | 2007-10-25 | 2009-04-30 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for multiple coding rates in flash devices |
US20090112949A1 (en) | 2007-10-31 | 2009-04-30 | Microsoft Corporation | Compressed storage management |
US20100220510A1 (en) | 2007-11-13 | 2010-09-02 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Optimized Selection of Memory Chips in Multi-Chips Memory Devices |
WO2009063450A2 (en) | 2007-11-13 | 2009-05-22 | Anobit Technologies | Optimized selection of memory units in multi-unit memory devices |
US7633798B2 (en) | 2007-11-21 | 2009-12-15 | Micron Technology, Inc. | M+N bit programming and M+L bit read for M bit memory cells |
US20090132755A1 (en) | 2007-11-21 | 2009-05-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Fault-tolerant non-volatile integrated circuit memory |
US7945825B2 (en) | 2007-11-25 | 2011-05-17 | Spansion Isreal, Ltd | Recovery while programming non-volatile memory (NVM) |
US20090144600A1 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2009-06-04 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Efficient re-read operations from memory devices |
WO2009072100A2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2009-06-11 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for temporarily retiring memory portions |
WO2009072101A2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2009-06-11 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Apparatus and methods for generating row-specific reading thresholds in flash memory |
WO2009072102A2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2009-06-11 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | System and methods employing mock thresholds to generate actual reading thresholds in flash memory devices |
WO2009072104A2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2009-06-11 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Flash memory device with physical cell value deterioration accommodation and methods useful in conjunction therewith |
WO2009072103A2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2009-06-11 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Flash memory apparatus and methods using a plurality of decoding stages including optional use of concatenated bch codes and/or designation of 'first below' cells |
WO2009072105A2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2009-06-11 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | A low power chien-search based bch/rs decoding system for flash memory, mobile communications devices and other applications |
US20090150894A1 (en) | 2007-12-10 | 2009-06-11 | Ming Huang | Nonvolatile memory (NVM) based solid-state disk (SSD) system for scaling and quality of service (QoS) by parallelizing command execution |
WO2009074978A2 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2009-06-18 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for error correction and decoding on multi-level physical media |
WO2009074979A2 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2009-06-18 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Chien-search system employing a clock-gating scheme to save power for error correction decoder and other applications |
US20090158126A1 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2009-06-18 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Efficient interference cancellation in analog memory cell arrays |
US20090157950A1 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2009-06-18 | Robert David Selinger | NAND flash module replacement for DRAM module |
US20090157964A1 (en) | 2007-12-16 | 2009-06-18 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Efficient data storage in multi-plane memory devices |
WO2009078006A2 (en) | 2007-12-18 | 2009-06-25 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Apparatus for coding at a plurality of rates in multi-level flash memory systems, and methods useful in conjunction therewith |
US7978516B2 (en) | 2007-12-27 | 2011-07-12 | Pliant Technology, Inc. | Flash memory controller having reduced pinout |
US20090168524A1 (en) | 2007-12-27 | 2009-07-02 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Wear level estimation in analog memory cells |
US20090172261A1 (en) | 2007-12-27 | 2009-07-02 | Pliant Technology, Inc. | Multiprocessor storage controller |
US20090172257A1 (en) | 2007-12-27 | 2009-07-02 | Pliant Technology, Inc | System and method for performing host initiated mass storage commands using a hierarchy of data structures |
US20090204824A1 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2009-08-13 | Lin Jason T | System, method and memory device providing data scrambling compatible with on-chip copy operation |
WO2009095902A2 (en) | 2008-01-31 | 2009-08-06 | Densbits Technologies Ltd. | Systems and methods for handling immediate data errors in flash memory |
US20090199074A1 (en) | 2008-02-05 | 2009-08-06 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Parameter estimation based on error correction code parity check equations |
US20090213653A1 (en) | 2008-02-21 | 2009-08-27 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Programming of analog memory cells using a single programming pulse per state transition |
US20090213654A1 (en) | 2008-02-24 | 2009-08-27 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Programming analog memory cells for reduced variance after retention |
US20090228761A1 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2009-09-10 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Efficient readout from analog memory cells using data compression |
US20090240872A1 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2009-09-24 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Memory device with multiple-accuracy read commands |
US7733712B1 (en) | 2008-05-20 | 2010-06-08 | Siliconsystems, Inc. | Storage subsystem with embedded circuit for protecting against anomalies in power signal from host |
US20090300227A1 (en) | 2008-05-27 | 2009-12-03 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Method of monitoring host activity |
US20090327608A1 (en) | 2008-06-26 | 2009-12-31 | Eschmann Michael K | Accelerated resume from hibernation in a cached disk system |
US20090323412A1 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2009-12-31 | Nima Mokhlesi | Read disturb mitigation in non-volatile memory |
US8037380B2 (en) | 2008-07-08 | 2011-10-11 | International Business Machines Corporation | Verifying data integrity of a non-volatile memory system during data caching process |
US20100017650A1 (en) | 2008-07-19 | 2010-01-21 | Nanostar Corporation, U.S.A | Non-volatile memory data storage system with reliability management |
US7930515B2 (en) | 2008-07-29 | 2011-04-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Virtual memory management |
US7924613B1 (en) | 2008-08-05 | 2011-04-12 | Anobit Technologies Ltd. | Data storage in analog memory cells with protection against programming interruption |
US20100034022A1 (en) | 2008-08-08 | 2010-02-11 | Deepanshu Dutta | Compensating for coupling during read operations in non-volatile storage |
US20100057976A1 (en) | 2008-08-26 | 2010-03-04 | Menahem Lasser | Multiple performance mode memory system |
US20100061151A1 (en) | 2008-09-11 | 2010-03-11 | Toru Miwa | Multi-pass programming for memory with reduced data storage requirement |
US20100083247A1 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2010-04-01 | Netapp, Inc. | System And Method Of Providing Multiple Virtual Machines With Shared Access To Non-Volatile Solid-State Memory Using RDMA |
US20100082883A1 (en) | 2008-10-01 | 2010-04-01 | Ming-Dar Chen | Hybrid density memory system and control method thereof |
US20100110580A1 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2010-05-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Magnetic disk device |
US20100124088A1 (en) | 2008-11-16 | 2010-05-20 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Storage at m bits/cell density in n bits/cell analog memory cell devices, m>n |
US20100131697A1 (en) | 2008-11-23 | 2010-05-27 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Methods for tag-grouping of blocks in storage devices |
US20100142277A1 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2010-06-10 | Yang Chang Won | Page buffer circuit, nonvolatile memory device including the page buffer circuit, and method of operating the nonvolatile memory device |
US20100169547A1 (en) | 2008-12-25 | 2010-07-01 | Silicon Motion, Inc. | Method for preventing data loss during solder reflow process and memory device using the same |
US20100169743A1 (en) | 2008-12-31 | 2010-07-01 | Andrew Wayne Vogan | Error correction in a solid state disk |
US20100165689A1 (en) | 2008-12-31 | 2010-07-01 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Rejuvenation of analog memory cells |
US8040744B2 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2011-10-18 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Spare block management of non-volatile memories |
US20100174847A1 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2010-07-08 | Alexander Paley | Non-Volatile Memory and Method With Write Cache Partition Management Methods |
US20100220509A1 (en) | 2009-03-01 | 2010-09-02 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Selective Activation of Programming Schemes in Analog Memory Cell Arrays |
US20100250836A1 (en) | 2009-03-25 | 2010-09-30 | Anobit Technologies Ltd | Use of Host System Resources by Memory Controller |
WO2011024015A1 (en) | 2009-08-25 | 2011-03-03 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Restoring data into a flash storage device |
US20110199823A1 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2011-08-18 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Preloading data into a flash storage device |
US8014094B1 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2011-09-06 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Disk drive expediting defect scan when quality metric exceeds a more stringent threshold |
US20110066793A1 (en) | 2009-09-15 | 2011-03-17 | Gregory Burd | Implementing RAID In Solid State Memory |
US20110075482A1 (en) | 2009-09-29 | 2011-03-31 | Zac Shepard | Maintaining integrity of preloaded content in non-volatile memory during surface mounting |
US20110107049A1 (en) | 2009-11-02 | 2011-05-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus adapted to prevent code data from being lost in solder reflow |
US20110302354A1 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2011-12-08 | Conexant Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for reliable multi-level cell flash storage |
Non-Patent Citations (139)
Title |
---|
Agrell et al., "Closest Point Search in Lattices", IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, vol. 48, No. 8, pp. 2201-2214, Aug. 2002. |
Ankolekar et al., "Multibit Error-Correction Methods for Latency-Constrained Flash Memory Systems", IEEE Transactions on Device and Materials Reliability, vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 33-39, Mar. 2010. |
Berman et al., "Mitigating Inter-Cell Coupling Effects in MLC NAND Flash via Constrained Coding", Flash Memory Summit, Santa Clara, USA, Aug. 19, 2010. |
Bez et al., "Introduction to Flash memory", Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 91, No. 4, pp. 489-502, Apr. 2003. |
Blahut, R.E., "Theory and Practice of Error Control Codes," Addison-Wesley, May 1984, section 3.2, pp. 47-48. |
Chang, L., "Hybrid Solid State Disks: Combining Heterogeneous NAND Flash in Large SSDs", ASPDAC, Jan. 2008. |
Chinese Application # 200780026181.3 Official Action dated Apr. 8, 2011. |
Chinese Patent Application # 200780040493.X Official Action dated Jun. 15, 2011. |
Cho et al., "Multi-Level NAND Flash Memory with Non-Uniform Threshold Voltage Distribution," IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference (ISSCC), San Francisco, CA, Feb. 5-7, 2001, pp. 28-29 and 424. |
Compaq et al., "Universal Serial Bus Specification", revision 2.0, Apr. 27, 2000. |
Conway et al., "Sphere Packings, Lattices and Groups", 3rd edition, chapter 4, pp. 94-135, Springer, New York, USA 1998. |
Databahn(TM), "Flash memory controller IP", Denali Software, Inc., 1994 https://www.denali.com/en/products/databahn-flash.jsp. |
Databahn™, "Flash memory controller IP", Denali Software, Inc., 1994 https://www.denali.com/en/products/databahn-flash.jsp. |
Datalight, Inc., "FlashFX Pro 3.1 High Performance Flash Manager for Rapid Development of Reliable Products", Nov. 16, 2006. |
Duann, N., Silicon Motion Presentation "SLC & MLC Hybrid", Flash Memory Summit, Santa Clara, USA, Aug. 2008. |
Eitan et al., "Can NROM, a 2-bit, Trapping Storage NVM Cell, Give a Real Challenge to Flating Gate Cells?", Proceedings of the 1999 International Conference on Solid State Devices and Materials (SSDM), pp. 522-524, Tokyo, Japan 1999. |
Eitan et al., "Multilevel Flash Cells and their Trade-Offs", Proceedings of the 1996 IEEE International Electron Devices Meeting (IEDM), pp. 169-172, New York, USA 1996. |
Engh et al., "A self adaptive programming method with 5 mV accuracy for multi-level storage in Flash", pp. 115-118, Proceedings of the IEEE 2002 Custom Integrated Circuits Conference, May 12-15, 2002. |
Engineering Windows 7, "Support and Q&A for Solid-State Drives", e7blog, May 5, 2009. |
Goodman et al., "On-Chip ECC for Multi-Level Random Access Memories," Proceedings of the IEEE/CAM Information Theory Workshop, Ithaca, USA, Jun. 25-29, 1989. |
Gotou, H., "An Experimental Confirmation of Automatic Threshold Voltage Convergence in a Flash Memory Using Alernating Word-Line Voltage Pulses", IEEE Electron Device Letters, vol. 18, No. 10, pp. 503-505, Oct. 1997. |
Han et al., "An Intelligent Garbage Collection Algorithm for Flash Memory Storages", Computational Science and Its Applications-ICCSA 2006, vol. 3980/2006, pp. 1019-1027, Springer Berlin / Heidelberg, Germany, May 11, 2006. |
Han et al., "CATA: A Garbage Collection Scheme for Flash Memory File Systems", Ubiquitous Intelligence and Computing, vol. 4159/2006, p. 103-112, Springer Berlin / Heidelberg, Aug. 25, 2006. |
Hong et al., "NAND Flash-based Disk Cache Using SLC/MLC Combined Flash Memory", 2010 International Workshop on Storage Network Architecture and Parallel I/Os, pp. 21-30, USA, May 3, 2010. |
Horstein, "On the Design of Signals for Sequential and Nonsequential Detection Systems with Feedback," IEEE Transactions on Information Theory IT-12:4 (Oct. 1966), pp. 448-455. |
How to Resolve Bad Super Block: Magic Number Wrong"in BSD", Free Online Articles Director Article Base, posted Sep. 5, 2009. |
Huffman, A., "Non-Volatile Memory Host Controller Interface (NVMHCI)", Specification 1.0, Apr. 14, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2007/000575 Search Report dated May 30, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2007/000576 Search Report dated Jul. 7, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2007/000579 Search report dated Jul. 3, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2007/000580 Search Report dated Sep. 11, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2007/000581 Search Report dated Aug. 25, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2007/001059 Search report dated Aug. 7, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2007/001315 search report dated Aug. 7, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2007/001316 Search report dated Jul. 22, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2007/001488 Search report dated Jun. 20, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2008/000329 Search report dated Nov. 25, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2008/000519 Search report dated Nov. 20, 2008. |
International Application PCT/IL2008/001188 Search Report dated Jan. 28, 2009. |
International Application PCT/IL2008/001356 Search Report dated Feb. 3, 2009. |
International Application PCT/IL2008/001446 Search report dated Feb. 20, 2009. |
Jedec Standard JESD84-C44, "Embedded MultiMediaCard (eMMC) Mechanical Standard, with Optional Reset Signal", Jedec Solid State Technology Association, USA, Jul. 2009. |
Jedec, "UFS Specification", version 0.1, Nov. 11, 2009. |
Jung et al., in "A 117 mm.sup.2 3.3V Only 128 Mb Multilevel NAND Flash Memory for Mass Storage Applications," IEEE Journal of Solid State Circuits, (11:31), Nov. 1996, pp. 1575-1583. |
Kang et al., "A Superblock-based Flash Translation Layer for NAND Flash Memory", Proceedings of the 6th ACM & IEEE International Conference on Embedded Software, pp. 161-170, Seoul, Korea, Oct. 22-26, 2006. |
Kawaguchi et al. 1995. A flash-memory based file system. In Proceedings of the USENIX 1995 Technical Conference , New Orleans, Louisiana. 155-164. |
Kim et al., "Future Memory Technology including Emerging New Memories", Proceedings of the 24th International Conference on Microelectronics (MIEL), vol. 1, pp. 377-384, Nis, Serbia and Montenegro, May 16-19, 2004. |
Kim et al., "Multi-bit Error Tolerant Caches Using Two-Dimensional Error Coding", Proceedings of the 40th Annual ACM/IEEE International Symposium on Microarchitecture (MICRO-40), Chicago, USA, Dec. 1-5, 2007. |
Lee et al., "Effects of Floating Gate Interference on NAND Flash Memory Cell Operation", IEEE Electron Device Letters, vol. 23, No. 5, pp. 264-266, May 2002. |
Maayan et al., "A 512 Mb NROM Flash Data Storage Memory with 8 MB/s Data Rate", Proceedings of the 2002 IEEE International Solid-State circuits Conference (ISSCC 2002), pp. 100-101, San Francisco, USA, Feb. 3-7, 2002. |
Micron Technology Inc., "Memory Management in NAND Flash Arrays", Technical Note, year 2005. |
Mielke et al., "Recovery Effects in the Distributed Cycling of Flash Memories", IEEE 44th Annual International Reliability Physics Symposium, pp. 29-35, San Jose, USA, Mar. 2006. |
Numonyx, "M25PE16: 16-Mbit, page-erasable serial flash memory with byte-alterability, 75 MHz SPI bus, standard pinout", Apr. 2008. |
Onfi, "Open NAND Flash Interface Specification," revision 1.0, Dec. 28, 2006. |
Panchbhai et al., "Improving Reliability of NAND Based Flash Memory Using Hybrid SLC/MLC Device", Project Proposal for CSci 8980-Advanced Storage Systems, University of Minnesota, USA, Spring 2009. |
Park et al., "Sub-Grouped Superblock Management for High-Performance Flash Storages", IEICE Electronics Express, vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 297-303, Mar. 25, 2009. |
Phison Electronics Corporation, "PS8000 Controller Specification (for SD Card)", revision 1.2, Document No. S-07018, Mar. 28, 2007. |
SD Group and SD Card Association, "SD Specifications Part 1 Physical Layer Specification", version 3.01, draft 1.00, Nov. 9, 2009. |
Serial ATA International Organization, "Serial ATA Revision 3.0 Specification", Jun. 2, 2009. |
Shalvi, et al., "Signal Codes," Proceedings of the 2003 IEEE Information Theory Workshop (ITW'2003), Paris, France, Mar. 31-Apr. 4, 2003. |
Shiozaki, A., "Adaptive Type-II Hybrid Broadcast ARQ System", IEEE Transactions on Communications, vol. 44, Issue 4, pp. 420-422, Apr. 1996. |
ST Microelectronics, "Bad Block Management in NAND Flash Memories", Application note AN-1819, Geneva, Switzerland, May 2004. |
ST Microelectronics, "Wear Leveling in Single Level Cell NAND Flash Memories," Application note AN-1822 Geneva, Switzerland, Feb. 2007. |
Suh et al., "A 3.3V 32Mb NAND Flash Memory with Incremental Step Pulse Programming Scheme", IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 30, No. 11, pp. 1149-1156, Nov. 1995. |
Super User Forums, "SD Card Failure, can't read superblock", posted Aug. 8, 2010. |
Takeuchi et al., "A Double Level VTH Select Gate Array Architecture for Multi-Level NAND Flash Memories", Digest of Technical Papers, 1995 Symposium on VLSI Circuits, pp. 69-70, Jun. 8-10, 1995. |
Takeuchi et al., "A Multipage Cell Architecture for High-Speed Programming Multilevel NAND Flash Memories", IEEE Journal of Solid State Circuits, vol. 33, No. 8, Aug. 1998. |
U.S. Appl. No. 11/945,575 Official Action dated Aug. 24, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 11/949,135 Official Action dated Oct. 2, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 11/957,970 Official Action dated May 20, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 11/995,801 Official Action dated Oct. 15, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 11/995,812 Office Action dated Oct. 28, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 11/995,813 Official Action dated Jun. 16, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 11/995,814 Official Action dated Dec. 17, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/019,011 Official Action dated Nov. 20, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/037,487 Office Action dated Jan. 3, 2012. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/037,487 Official Action dated Oct. 3, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/045,520 Official Action dated Nov. 16, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/063,544 Office Action dated Dec. 14, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/119,069 Office Action dated Nov. 14, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/171,797 Official Action dated Aug. 25, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/178,318 Official Action dated May 31, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/186,867 Office Action dated Jan. 17, 2012. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/251,471 Official Action dated Jan. 3, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/251,471, filed Oct. 15, 2008. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/323,544 Office Action dated Dec. 13, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/332,368 Office Action dated Nov. 10, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/344,233 Official Action dated Jun. 24, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/388,528 Official Action dated Nov. 29, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/405,275 Official Action dated Jul. 29, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/497,707 Official Action dated Sep. 15, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/534,893, filed Aug. 4, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/534,898 Official Action dated Mar. 23, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/534,898, filed Aug. 4, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/551,567 Office Action dated Oct. 27, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/551,567, filed Sep. 1, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/551,583, filed Sep. 1, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/558,528, filed Sep. 13, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/579,430, filed Oct. 15, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/579,432, filed Oct. 15, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/607,078, filed Oct. 28, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/607,085, filed Oct. 28, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/618,732 Office Action dated Nov. 4, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/649,358, filed Dec. 30, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/649,360 Official Action dated Aug. 9, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/649,360, filed Dec. 30, 2009. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/649,382 Office Action dated Jan. 6, 2012. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/688,883, filed Jan. 17, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/728,296, filed Mar. 22, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/758,003, filed Apr. 11, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/822,207, filed Jun. 24, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/880,101, filed Sep. 12, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/890,724, filed Sep. 27, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/963,649, filed Dec. 9, 2010. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/987,174, filed Jan. 10, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 12/987,175, filed Jan. 10, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/021,754, filed Feb. 6, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/047,822, filed Mar. 15, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/069,406, filed Mar. 23, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/088,361, filed Apr. 17, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/170,202, filed Jun. 28, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/171,467, filed Jun. 29, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/176,761, filed Jul. 6, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/192,495, filed Jul. 28, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/192,501, filed Jul. 28, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/192,504, filed Jul. 28, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/192,852, filed Aug. 2, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/214,257, filed Aug. 22, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/231,963, filed Sep. 14, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/239,408, filed Sep. 22, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/239,411, filed Sep. 22, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/284,909, filed on Oct. 30, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/284,913, filed on Oct. 30, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/338,335, filed on Dec. 28, 2011. |
U.S. Appl. No. 13/355,536, filed on Jan. 22, 2012. |
Ubuntu Forums, "Memory Stick Failed IO Superblock", posted Nov. 11, 2009. |
US 7,161,836, 01/2007, Wan et al. (withdrawn). |
Wei, L., "Trellis-Coded Modulation With Multidimensional Constellations", IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, vol. IT-33, No. 4, pp. 483-501, Jul. 1987. |
Wu et al., "eNVy: A non-Volatile, Main Memory Storage System", Proceedings of the 6th International Conference on Architectural support for programming languages and operating systems, pp. 86-87, San Jose, USA, 1994. |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10908986B2 (en) | 2018-04-02 | 2021-02-02 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Multi-level recovery reads for memory |
US11120882B2 (en) | 2018-08-24 | 2021-09-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Error recovery of data in non-volatile memory during read |
US11007010B2 (en) | 2019-09-12 | 2021-05-18 | Relevant Medsysterns, Inc. | Curved bone access systems |
US11123103B2 (en) | 2019-09-12 | 2021-09-21 | Relievant Medsystems, Inc. | Introducer systems for bone access |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2008053472A3 (en) | 2009-05-14 |
WO2008053472A2 (en) | 2008-05-08 |
US7975192B2 (en) | 2011-07-05 |
US20110225472A1 (en) | 2011-09-15 |
US8145984B2 (en) | 2012-03-27 |
US20100165730A1 (en) | 2010-07-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
USRE46346E1 (en) | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds | |
US7900102B2 (en) | High-speed programming of memory devices | |
US8830746B2 (en) | Optimized threshold search in analog memory cells using separator pages of the same type as read pages | |
US10056135B2 (en) | Programming schemes for multi-level analog memory cells | |
US8234545B2 (en) | Data storage with incremental redundancy | |
US7925936B1 (en) | Memory device with non-uniform programming levels | |
CN101601094B (en) | Reading memory cells using multiple thresholds | |
US8156403B2 (en) | Combined distortion estimation and error correction coding for memory devices | |
US8156398B2 (en) | Parameter estimation based on error correction code parity check equations | |
US8773904B2 (en) | Optimized threshold search in analog memory cells | |
US8050086B2 (en) | Distortion estimation and cancellation in memory devices | |
JP4999921B2 (en) | Combination of distortion estimation and error correction coding for memory devices. | |
US20130283122A1 (en) | Error Correction Coding Over Multiple Memory Pages | |
US9230639B2 (en) | SNR estimation in analog memory cells | |
US20090103358A1 (en) | Reducing programming error in memory devices | |
US8773905B1 (en) | Identifying and mitigating restricted sampling voltage ranges in analog memory cells | |
US9021334B2 (en) | Calculation of analog memory cell readout parameters using code words stored over multiple memory dies | |
US9779818B2 (en) | Adaptation of high-order read thresholds | |
US11874736B2 (en) | Calculating soft metrics depending on threshold voltages of memory cells in multiple neighbor word lines |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 8 |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 12TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1553); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 12 |